Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Free Physics notes, revision questions, KCSE past Papers, Exams, Marking Schemes, Topical revision materials, Syllabus and Many more

Physics is one of the subjects offered at Kenyan high schools. It is classified as a Science and tested at the Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education, KCSE. It falls in the same category as Biology and Chemistry; the other sciences. Physics, just like Biology and Chemistry.

There a number of resources that can be of great help to teachers and students; more so those preparing to sit the Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education, KCSE, examinations. In this post be sure to find a good number of such resources as: Notes, KCSE Past Papers, Schemes of Work, Assignments, Termly examination papers, Marking schemes, lesson plans, charts, topical revision resources and many more. Download the resources at no charge by clicking each of the links below. Please note that you can also print and even share this article to benefit someone.

Join Telegram Group by using this link for a wide range of educational materials, at zero cost; TEACHERS’ SOFT COPY HUB- TELEGRAM

Here are the resources:


FOR A COMPLETE GUIDE TO ALL SCHOOLS IN KENYA CLICK ON THE LINK BELOW;

Here are links to the most important news portals:

Chozi la heri notes pdf free

Get free Chozi la heri resources, at no cost. Get free Chozi la heri Notes in pdf, Chozi la heri online notes, Chozi la heri Maudhui, chozi la heri notes pdf download free download and chozi la heri uchambuzi pdf download.

CHOZI LA HERI FREE NOTES, QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

See also;


DOWNLOAD FREE PRIMARY & HIGH SCHOOL MATERIALS


FREE PRIMARY & SECONDARY RESOURCES (OVER 300,000 DOWNLOADS)

FREE UPDATED NOTES

Click on the links below

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM ONE NOTES

FORM TWO NOTES

FORM THREE NOTES

FORM FOUR NOTES

FREE LATEST EXAMS WITH MARKING SCHEMES

Click on the links below;

FORM ONE EXAMS

FORM TWO EXAMS

FORM THREE EXAMS

FORM FOUR EXAMS

FORM 1-4 FREE EXAMS

SCHEMES OF WORK

KCSE REVISION MATERIALS

FREE PRIMARY SCHOOL RESOURCES

FREE CLASS 8 RESOURCES

LOWER PRIMARY RESOURCES (PP1-2 & GRADE 1-6)

Most read

Grade one free CBC Assessment Exams

Below is a collection of free grade one examinations for all learning areas. Download a pdf Copy of the CBC assessments below by clicking here; GRADE ONE EXAMS PDF.

Get More Grade 1 Exams here;

Grade 1 CBC Exams For Term 1 to 3, Free PDF.

FREE GRADE ONE EXAMS

COMPETENCE BASED ASSESMENT

GRADE 1 YEAR _____________

END TERM __ EXAMS (MONITORING LEARNERS PROGRESS)

ENGLISH/LITERACY ACTIVITIES                   TIME:                   

NAME:                                                                                                                                                                                     

LEARNER UPI:    GENDER:             BOY                      GIRL

No. of questions correct
Performance level

 

SCHOOL NAME                               

ANSWER ALL QUESTION IN THE SPACES PROVIDED

Use “am” or “are” to fill in the blanks spaces

  1. We  going to the market.
  2. I  sweeping the classroom.

Fill in the blank spaces using plural of the words in Brackets.

  1. My mum has many  (broom)
  2. We have many  at home (bag)

Fill in the gaps using “this”, “that”

  1. Is our home.
  2. If your car.

This is a                               

  1. This is an

Fill in the letters

  1. Cl ____ ck
  2. M____g

Fill in the blank spaces by adding “-ed” at the end of the doing words in bracket

  1. My friends ______________ their legs.(wash)
  2. I _____________ the classroom alone. (clean)

Use the letter box below to make two complete words.

S T V N
R A C R
I M E L

Use “my”, “our”, “Its” to fill in the gaps

  1. We welcome _______________ guests in the house.
  2. I don’t play when ____________ raining.

 

 

Match the item below with its name using an arrow.

17.    Mobile phone

 

 

 

18.    Bell

 

 

 

19.    Television

 

 

 

 

 

  • Name the activity the pupils are doing.

                                    

Use “these”, “those” to fill the gaps

  1. _______________ are my shoes
  2. _______________ are my hands.

 

Read the passage bellow and answer the following questions that follows

Kevin has a bicycle. Kelly has a bicycle too. They like riding. One day as they were riding, Kelly had an accident. He broke his legs. His three friends visited him

  1. ______________ and____________ like riding bicycle.

 

  1. Who had an accident? ___________________

 

  1. Write a simple sentence using “like”

____________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GRADE ONE EXAMS

COMPETENCE BASED ASSESMENT

GRADE 1 YEAR _____________

END TERM __ EXAMS (MONITORING LEARNERS PROGRESS)

ENVIRONMENTAL/C.R.E ACTIVITIES                    TIME:                       

 

NAME: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

LEARNER UPI:    GENDER:GIRL                    BOY

No. of questions correct ENVIRONMENTAL C.R.E
Performance level

 

 

SCHOOL NAME                                              

 

Answer all questions in the spaces provided

What is the weather today?

 

 

 

  1. Why is the man using an umbrella?

It is                                                     

  1. Where do we get water from? (tree, river)
  2. We use water home to? (sweep, wash)
  3. We water plants using (milk, water)
  4. ___________________ is used to model. (soil, grass)

 

Match the picture of the animal with its name

Animal Name
9. Cat
10. Cow
11. Lion

 

  1. Which plant is this?

(Tree, Banana)

  1. __________________ produce sound (Drum, paper)

 

  1. Which of the items below can injure us at home?

 

                                               

  1. I have a  to be named  (right, child)
  2. _________________ is a basic need. (water, car)
  3. People work to make? (paper, money)
  4. We water flowers so that they can  (wither, grow)

 

  1. A cat feeds on (honey, milk)

Match the items below and where they are found.

Item Where found
20. Sitting room
21. Bedroom
22. Kitchen

 

  1. Draw and colour a picture of a goat

 

CHRISTIAN RELIGIONS EDUCATION

  1. _________________ created us. (Man, God)
  2. Father, mother, children make up a?  (house, family)
  3. Which of the following items below can we share?

 

                       

  1. Who killed Goliath?

(Samson, David)

  1. _________________ was hated by his brothers? (John, Joseph)
  2. We should  the Holy bible.

(Tear, read)

  1. Mary and _______________ are the parents of Jesus. (Zachariah, Joseph)
  2. We_______________ obey our parents. (hate, obey)
  3. __________________ the Baptist baptized Jesus. (Simon Peter, John)
  4. What do we do inside the picture below?

We                                     

(Play, Worship)

 

 

GRADE ONE EXAMS

COMPETENCE BASED ASSESMENT

GRADE 1 YEAR _____________

END TERM __ EXAMS (MONITORING LEARNERS PROGRESS)

ENVIRONMENTAL/C.R.E ACTIVITIES                    TIME:                       

 

NAME: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

LEARNER UPI:    GENDER:GIRL                    BOY

No. of questions correct ENVIRONMENTAL C.R.E
Performance level

 

 

SCHOOL NAME                                              

 

Answer all questions in the spaces provided

What is the weather today?

 

 

 

  1. Why is the man using an umbrella?

It is                                                     

  1. Where do we get water from? (tree, river)
  2. We use water home to? (sweep, wash)
  3. We water plants using (milk, water)
  4. ___________________ is used to model. (soil, grass)

 

Match the picture of the animal with its name

Animal Name
9. Cat
10. Cow
11. Lion

 

  1. Which plant is this?

(Tree, Banana)

  1. __________________ produce sound (Drum, paper)

 

  1. Which of the items below can injure us at home?

 

                                               

  1. I have a  to be named  (right, child)
  2. _________________ is a basic need. (water, car)
  3. People work to make? (paper, money)
  4. We water flowers so that they can  (wither, grow)

 

  1. A cat feeds on (honey, milk)

Match the items below and where they are found.

Item Where found
20. Sitting room
21. Bedroom
22. Kitchen

 

  1. Draw and colour a picture of a goat

 

CHRISTIAN RELIGIONS EDUCATION

  1. _________________ created us. (Man, God)
  2. Father, mother, children make up a?  (house, family)
  3. Which of the following items below can we share?

 

                       

  1. Who killed Goliath?

(Samson, David)

  1. _________________ was hated by his brothers? (John, Joseph)
  2. We should  the Holy bible.

(Tear, read)

  1. Mary and _______________ are the parents of Jesus. (Zachariah, Joseph)
  2. We_______________ obey our parents. (hate, obey)
  3. __________________ the Baptist baptized Jesus. (Simon Peter, John)
  4. What do we do inside the picture below?

We                                     

(Play, Worship)

 

GRADE ONE EXAMS

COMPETENCE BASED ASSESMENT

GRADE 1 YEAR _____________

END TERM __ EXAMS (MONITORING LEARNERS PROGRESS)

KISWAHILI                  MUDA:                 

 

NAME: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

LEARNER UPI: GENDER: BOY                      GIRL

No. of questions correct
Performance level

 

 

SCHOOL NAME: ………………………………………………………………….

 

 

 

Jibu maswali yote

Toa majibu ya maamkuzi yafuatyo.

  1. Hujambo
  2. Shikamoo

Ambatanisha picha na jina

3. Baisikeli
4. Kifutio
5. Kitabu
6. Meza

Andika majina ya tarakimu zifuatazo

  1. 9                                                   
  2. 6                                              
  3. Siku ya tatu katika wiki huitwaje?

_____________________(Jumapili, Jumanne)

 

Tumia silabi katika jedwali ifuatayo kuunda maneno mawili

Ma U Ma a

 

Andika sentensi zifuatazo katika wingi

  1. Mguu wangu

 

  1. Kichwa changu.

 

 

  1. Choo chetu.

______________________________________

Tumia “-angu”, “-etu” kujaza pengo.

  • Tunda
  • Chakula ni kitamu.
  • Magari

Jaza pengo kwa kutumia “huyu”, “hawa”

  • Mwanafunzi _______________ anacheza
  • Wezi ________________

 

 

Jaza nafasi kwa silabi ifaayo.

  1. Ba____

 

  1. ___ ___ da

 

  1. S_____

Soma hadithi ifuatayo kisha ujibu maswali yafuatayo

Mimi ni Fila. Nina umri wa miaka saba. Niko gredi ya kwanza. Ninaishi na wazazi wangu. Mimi hupenda kula matunda. Kila siku baba huniletea matunda kama parachichi, mchungwa na ndizi.

 

  • Fila anapenda nini?

 

 

  • Taja aina za matunda anazopenda Fila

 

 

  • Fila anaishi na kina nani?

 

 

GRADE ONE EXAMS

COMPETENCE BASED ASSESMENT

GRADE 1 YEAR _____________

END TERM __ EXAMS (MONITORING LEARNERS PROGRESS)

MATHEMATICS ACTIVITIES                   TIME:                   

 

NAME: …………………………………………………………………………………………

 

LEARNER UPI:    GENDER:             BOY                      GIRL

STRAND NUMBERS MEASUREMENT GEOMETRY
Question Number 1 – 15 16-20 21-24
No. of questions correct
Performance level

 

 

SCHOOL NAME                                                             

 

 

 

Answer all questions in the spaces provided

  1. Which one is Less?

                         

 

 

 

  1. How many objects?
Number Object

 

  1. Which one is rough?

                                     

 

 

  1. 76 is  tens                      ones
  2. Fill in the missing number in the pattern

13, 14, 15,                , 17, 18

  1. Make a pattern by increasing by 2.

5,                    ,                       ,                      

  • Add 65 + 40 =

 

 

  1. Aisha had 6 pencils. Joy has 3 pencils and Tito has 7 pencils. How many pencils do they have altogether?

 

 

 

  1. Fill in the missing number

16 – 9 =

 

9 +                 = 16

 

  1. What is 30
 

+ 10

 

  1. What is 16 take away 7

 

 

 

  1. Arrange from the smallest to the largest.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                                        

 

  1. Fill in the space

 

 

 

 

 

  1. When do you sweep your class?

                                                           

(Evening, morning, afternoon)

  1. Write as addition.

And                        is

 

 

 

 

 

Stick A is                                             than stick B

 

 

Q is                                       as R (Less, same)

 

  1. How much money?

                            

 

  1. Which one is a curved line?

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Which shapes are the same?

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                                         

  1. Which is the third day of the week?

                                                           

  1. Draw a pattern of circles and rectangles?

 

 

 

  1. How many cups will fill the Bucket?

 

                                                                          

 

 

 

 

  1. Which one of the following is a need?

 

 

 

GRADE ONE EXAMS

COMPETENCE BASED ASSESMENT

GRADE 1 YEAR _____________

END TERM __ EXAMS (MONITORING LEARNERS PROGRESS)

        MOVEMENT/CREATIVE ARTS/MUSIC ACTIVITIES        TIME:           

 

NAME: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

LEARNER UPI: GENDER: BOY                      GIRL

No. of questions correct  
Performance level

 

 

SCHOOL NAME                                                             

 

ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS IN THE SPACES PROVIDED

  1. Study the music piece below and answer questions 1-5
  2. What sound does the train make?

_____________________ (hooting, puffing)

  1. Draw and colour the picture of a train.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. When we sing the song by opening our (eyes, mouth)
  2. Ding ding, toot toot is a sound (musical, singing)
  3. Name any two body parts used when practicing the song.

 

________________________________

 

  1. Below is a picture of an ornament.
  2. Name the ornament

(necklace, bracelet)

  1. Which shape is the ornament?

 

_____________________

(Circle, oval)

 

  1. Colour and paint the ornament.
  2. _____________ songs express love for the country (Patriotic, Love)
  • Identify on which occasion ornament is worn.

______________ (dances, running)

 

 

Match the animal and the sound

  1. woof

 

  1. tweet tweet

 

  • Colour and paint the two animals above.

 

GRADE ONE EXAMS

COMPETENCE BASED ASSESMENT

GRADE 1 YEAR _____________

END TERM __ EXAMS (MONITORING LEARNERS PROGRESS)

        READING ALOUD/KUSOMA     TIME:           

 

NAME: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

LEARNER UPI:                                                                                               GENDER:    BOY                               GIRL

No. of questions correct  
Performance level

 

 

SCHOOL NAME                                                             

 

 

 

READ ALOUD THE FOLLOWING WORDS

  1. Jump Mouth     3. Book       4. Mat         5. Hill          6. Elephant     7. Lamb
  2. Yam 9. Bag 10. Church  11. King      12. Flower  13. Root                14. Ear
  3. Clock

Read aloud the following sentences

  1. I like my dog.
  2. The sky is blue.
  3. My father has a boat.
  4. Tom is at the Zoo.
  5. This is a blue car.

SOMA MANENO YAFUATAYO KWA UFASAHA

  1. Kima Ukuta                    3. Kalamu                  4. Taulo                     5. Konokono
  2. Meno 7. Wino 8. Mwalimu              9. Kengele           10. Kibeti

SOMA SENTENSI ZIFUATAZO KWA UFASAHA

  1. Dora mdogo anacheza ngoma.
  2. Bibi anatembea kwa kijiti.
  3. Rosa anafagia.
  4. Fisi watatu wanakula.
  5. Ninapenda kula matunda.

KCPE 2023 Kiswahili Commonly Tested Questions

COMMONLY KCPE TESTED QUESTIONS

KISWAHILI

200 PREDICTION QUESTIONS

                                              Time: 2 Hours 30 Mins

 

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 1 mpaka 15. Jaza mapengo.

Tunapotia guu katika __1__ __2__, walimu wetu wapendwa wanaendelea kutupa__3__huku tukifunzwa mengi kama vile __4__ ambavyo hutoa taarifa kuhusu vitenzi, vivumishi na hata vielezi. Huku hayo yakiendelea, tumepata __5__ kufahamu akisami pia, __6__, __7__ ambayo ni sehemu moja ya saba. Kwa moyo wa shukrani, __8__ kuwapa kongole mzomzo.

 

Kristina alipojiangalia tena__9__ kioo, aligundua kuwa uso wake uliokuwa __10__na kufanya mabaka sasa ulianza kurudisha unyevuunyevu wa awali. __11__ mauti ya mume wake yapata majuma mawili __12__ yalimdhoofisha, __13__ kuwa __14__. Kwa vyovyote vile, ilimpasa kuyazika ya kale na kuendelea na safari ya maisha japo kwa kuuma __15__.

 

Jaza nafasi zilizoachwa wazi kuanzia 16 – 30 kukamilisha vifungu vifuatavyo:-

Nina uhakika __16__ mwendo wa usiku wa manane hivi. Mlio wa __17__ yangu ndio ulionigutusha. Niliinua __18__. Lo! Ilikuwa ni sauti ya Mluna wangu aliyekuwa akizimbua __19__ huko ughaibuni. Baada ya maamkizi, alitaka, bila kupoteza mwia, ni atumie maelezo fulani kwa njia ya faksi. Nami kwa kuwa sikuwa na huduma hiyo ya __20__, nilimweleza ningetuma kwa __21__ “Haidhuru.” alisema. Kutokana na ukosefu wa __22__ simu ilikatika. Hata hivyo, ujumbe ulikuwa umewasilishwa. Bila kupoteza wakati, nilichukua __23__ na kuanza kuandika maelezo yale. Kwa ndege nzuri, tarakilishi hiyo ilikuwa imeunganishwa na __24__. Papo hapo nikamtumia ujumbe.

 

Kukutana __25__ naye kulikuwa kwa sadfa. Nilikuwa __26__ kondeni __27__. __28__. Mara nikamwona kijana Skambe __29__ barasteni. Hali yake ilisikitisha kutokana na __30__ ulevi haramu

 

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 31 hadi 15, Jaza mapengo yaliyomo kwenye vifungo.

Wahenga ______31_______ waliposema kuwa ______32______. Watahiniwa wengi huandika insha ______33______ mithili ya vipofu pasi na kutambua _______34______uandishi wa insha.

Kama yalivyo maswali mengine katika mitihani ______35______ uandishi wa insha vilevile ni ______36______ kujibiwa kwa kuzingatia ______37______ yanayotolewa kabla ya swali lenyewe. Jambo la ajabu ni kwamba, wengi wa wanafunzi huanza tu kuandika ______38______  ya kuisoma sehemu hii muhimu. Amri ya mtahini ni muhimu sana na ni sharti ifuatwe kikamilifu.

 

Fisi alikuwa amezoea _______39________ kwa muda mrefu sana. Maisha yake ya kuiparamia _______40______ na wanyama wengine yalikuwa yamemshinda. Hii ni ______41______ wanyama kama simba na chui waliyateketeza mabaki ya mawindo yao. Aliamua kuanza kufanya ______42______. Alitengeneza silaha kama mishale ili kuwawinda wanyama wengine,jambo ambalo lilikuwa limepingwa vikali na mfalme wao. Tendo hilo lilikuwa ______43______. Juhudi zake ______44______ kwani mishale yake ilikuwa ______45______ na haingemudu kumfuma mnyama yeyote.

 

Soma vifungu vifuatavyo. Vina nafasi 46 mpaka 60. Jaza mapengo.

Ijumaa     46      tulimtembelea Fauzia. Tulipofika kwake     47      kwa mikono miwili.    48     sebuleni ambapo tuliipata familia yake pamoja wakitazama kipindi fulani       49    runinga. Tuliandaliwa      50     wali, nyama, mboga na matunda.     51     mwenyeji kupiga dua, tulianza kula. Tulipomaliza chakula    52   tulishauriana na mwenyeji wetu na    53     kuhusu mradi wetu wa maji     54     utakinufaisha kijiji chetu. Kisha tukamuaga alamsiki naye akatujibu    55   .

Tunapaswa kuwa na moyo wakusaidiana    56    ilivyokuwa zamani.    57    mmoja wetu     58     msaada kwa ajili ya jambo fulani, inafaa tumsaidie bila   59    . Tukifanya hivyo, tutakuwa pia tunajiwekea akiba maishani kwani    60    .

 

Kutoka swali la 61 hadi 120, jibu swali kulingana na maagizo    61.Chagua maelezo yaliyo sahihi.

  1. Arafa: ujumbe wa maandishi unaotumwa kwa simu.
  2. Kipepesi: chombo cha kutuma na kupokea barua.
  3. Kikokotoo: chombo cha kutuma ujumbe kwa sauti.
  4. Mtandao: mfumo wa mawasiliano kupitia tarakilishi.

 

 

  1. Chagua silabi.
    1. Sh
    2. Dha
    3. Ng
    4. Th
  2. Upi ni usemi halisi wa sentensi ifuatayo?

Mwalimu kwa hasira aliwaamuru wanafunzi wote wapige magoti na kumaliza kazi yao ya ziada. Mwalimu

  1. Tambua sentensi yenye kivumishi cha idadi.
    1. Mtumwa huyu ni mtiifu sana.
    2. Kitabu cha kasisi si cheusi.
    3. Jino langu linauma sana.
    4. Kiatu cha kwanza hakifai.
  2. Ni jozi gani iliyokosewa?
    1. Skrubu – bisibisi.
    2. Mpini – jembe.
    3. Mchi – kinu.
    4. Mkufu – kipini.
  3. Ni kiunganishi gani kisichoweza kukamilisha sentensi ifuatayo?

Kauleni aliadhibiwa vikali ________________________ kufukuzwa shuleni.

  1. Tambua sentensi yenye a unganifu.
    1. Cha walimu ni safi.
    2. Kitabu cha mwalimu kimeanguka.
    3. Msipoziba nyufa mtajenga kuta.
    4. Nilimwona alipokuwa akienda maktabani.
  2. Ni kundi gani lenye nominoambata?
    1. Maji, marashi, mate.
    2. Njugumawe, batamzinga, askarikanzu.
    3. Safu ya milima, umati wa watu, kichala cha matunda.
    4. Kenya, Juma, Agosti.
  3. Nomino maskani huwa katika ngeli gani?
  4. Paka huyu ndiye alaye buku katika wingi ni paka hawa 71.Tambua sentensi yenye kielezi.
    1. Katika debe tanna maji.
    2. Kilichosimama ni hiki.
    3. Niliitika kwa sauti.
    4. Mtoto aliyesimama kando ya mto ni mwoga.
  5. Banati ni kwa msichana kama vile ___________________________ ni kwa kaptura.
  6. Chagua nahau iliyo tofauti kimaana.
    1. Aga dunia
    2. Kata kamba
    3. Konga roho
    4. Enda na ulelengoma
  7. Kamilisha methali: Wema 75.Kitendawili:

Mzungu analala na ndevu ziko nie.

  1. Nyambua kitenzi kilichopigwa mstari katika kauli ya kufanyiwa. KUFA
  2. Tambulisha nomino tadunisha na nomino kuza ya neno kiti ni
  3. Chagua sentensi moja yenye maana sawa na ile uliyopewa katika sentensi iliyo hapo chini

Ni heri nivumilie shida kuliko kuiba  a.Ni bora niibe nikiwa na shida

  1. Afadhali nisiibe hata nikiwa na shida
  2. Nisingekuwa na njaa nisingeiba
  3. Niliiba kwa vile nilikuwa na njaa
  1. Tumia kilinganishi sahihi

Matilda-

  1. Anafanana na dada yangu
  2. Anakaa kama dada yangu
  3. Anafanana kama dada yangu
  4. Analingana kama dada yangu
  1. Mbio za farasi ni _________________________
  2. Mzazi wa mke humwita mume wa binti
  3. Taja kiwakilishi katika sentensi

Ninakipenda chakula hiki kwa sababu chenyewe ni kitamu.

  1. Taja neno moja tu linalosimamia fungu zima. Kabaila alizivua nguo akaosha mwili.
  2. Eleza tofauti baina ya sentensi katika jozi (sawia)

i.Mvua ilinyesha ndogo ndogo ii.Mvua ilinyesha kidogo kidogo

  1. Andika jina la kitendo na mtenzi kutokana na KITENZI ulichopewa Rehemu __________________      _________________
  2. Badilisha sentensi hii kwa wingi.

Malkia wa kijiji ana macho ya kikon:be.

  1. Kumramba mtu kisogo ni
  2. Badilisha sentensi ifuatayo katika wakati RUDUFU

Mgeni anakuja kwangu

 

  1. Ni kikundi kipi kilicho na viarifa pekee?
    1. Angua, chomoa, zana, vizuri
    2. Vunja, sana, chora, lia
    3. Polepole, upesi upesi, mbiombio
    4. La, pa, ita, ona
  2. Kamilisha methali ifuatayo:Asiyeona nafsiye _____________________________
  3. Chagua sentensi isiyoakifishwa vizuri
    1. Mwanafunzi bora-aliyeongoza katika mtihani-alituzwa.
    2. Mtu anayeipenda nchi yake (kwa dhati) huitetea zaidi.
    3. Sokoni mlikuwa na matunda mengi: mapera, maparachichi na karakara.
    4. Usilijibu swali lolote,” mtahini alielekeza.
  4. Tambua sentensi yenye vivumishi vya pekee
    1. Mwanariadha hodari alizawadiwa.
    2. Wageni wenyewe waliula mkate wote.
    3. Mtu mzuri ni anayevifanya vitendo vizuri kwa kuradidi.
    4. Shuleni palikuwa na bawabu mwenye maarifa tele.
  5. Ni kitenzi gani kilichoradidiwa katika sentensi zifuatazo?
    1. Anayetembea upesiupesi hufika kwa haraka
    2. Ukiwasemasema watu utakuwa mfitini.
    3. Machungwa yale yale ndiyo yaliyoliwa.
    4. Tulitembea asteaste kuelekea madhabahuni.
  6. Bainisha usemi wa taarifa wa:

“Wanafunzi wawa hawa ndio waliotia fora mtihanini, “mwalimu mkuu alisema.

  1. Neno mwanasesere ina silabi ngapi?
  2. Nenikaribu limetumikaje katika sentensi ifuatayo?

Wastaafu wote walilipwa zaidi ya karibu milioni moja.

  1. Tumia kiunganishi kifaacho.

Ni kwa nini umenmpa funguo za nyumba yako ________________ unajua kuwa yeye ni mwizi?

  1. Andika sentensi ifuatayo bila kirejeshi -amba

Mfanyakazi ambaye atafanya bidii atapandishwa madaraka.

  1. Ni upi wingi wa sentensi hii?

Ubavu wa mnyama wangu umevunjwa na  jirani mwenye wivu.

  1. Kama juzi ilikuwa Jumatano tarehe kumi na nane, mtondo itakuwa siku gani tarehe ngapi?
  2. Ni sentensi ipi yenye maana sawa na Sio nadra wao hutembeleana.
    1. Wao hutembeleana mara chache
    2. Wao hutembeleana mara nyingi
    3. Si mara kwa mara wao hutembeleana
    4. Kutembeleana kwao ni adimu
  3. Ni methali gani yenye maana sawa na:

Ngoja ngoja huumiza mtu matumbo?

  1. Chagua sentensi iliyotumia sitiari.
    1. Maua ni sungura siku hizi.
    2. Moyo wake ulimshauri asikate tamaa.
    3. Alice alijifungua salama salimini.
    4. Ondigo ni mweusi mithili ya masizi.
  2. Andika sentensi ifuatayo katika kauli ya majirani wenye wivu kutendewa Kaguai alienda uwanjani akaucheza mpira. 105. Makao ya mchwa si
  3. Neno, ‘tulimpokea’ lina silabi ngapi 107. Chagua wingi wa sentensi ifuatayo:

Mti ule wa mchungwa ulizaa tunda tamu.

  1. Chagua jibu sahihi:

‘Wachezaji wa soka huhimizana kufanya mazoezi kila siku’. ‘na’ imetumika kuonyesha:

  1. Kufupishwa kwa viwakilishi nafsi.
  2. Hali ya kukubaliana katika jambo.
  3. Wakati usiodhihirika kwenye kitendo.
  4. Mnyambuliko wa kauli ya kutendana.
  1. Ni sentensi ipi ambayo inaunganisha sentensi zifuatazo ipasavyo.

Tamira alipika wali. Wali ulikuwa kwa Riziki.

  1. Wali ulipikwa kwa Riziki na Tamira.
  2. Tamira alipikiwa wali kwa Riziki.
  3. Riziki alipikiwa wali kwa Tamara
  4. Wali ulipikwa kwa Tamira na Riziki.
  1. Ni jibu lipi lenye methali zenye maana sawa?

i.Chanda chema huvikwa pete. ii.Chumia juani ulie kivulini.  iii.Mcheza kwao hutuzwa.

iv.Mfuata nyuki hakosi asali.

  1. (i) (iv)
  2. (ii) (iv)
  3. (i) (iii)
  4. (ii) (iii)
  1. Chagua jibu lisilo ambatanishwa ipasavyo.
    1. – zito kama ndovu
    2. mbio kama duma
    3. – eusi kama mpingo
    4. chungu kama shubiri
  2. Ni kundi lipi la nomino ambalo lipo katika ngeli ya YA-YA
    1. maisha, maagizo
    2. marashi, maarifa
    3. maji, maembe
    4. maskani, mavazi
  3. Rudi ni kurejea ulipokuwa umetoka. Rudi pia ni:
  4. Chagua sentensi iliyoakifishwa vizuri:
    1. Hoyee, Mtoto amecheka kweli?
    2. Je? Unamfahamu karani huyu.
    3. Farida alinunua vifaa vifuatavyo: kitabu, kalamu na kifutio.
    4. Wachezaji walishangilia! baada ya ushindi huo jana jioni.
  5. Jesca anaishi kilomita moja kaskazini mashariki mwa shule yetu. Kibibi naye anaishi kilomita moja kusini mwa shule hiyo. Je, Kibibi anaishi upande gani wa Jesca?
  6. Kauli, ‘Lugogo ni samaki majini’, imetumia tamathali gani ya usemi?
  7. Chagua jibu lenye nomino ya makundi
    1. Mzengwe wa nyuki.
    2. Thurea ya nyota.
    3. Kishazi cha samaki.
    4. Shungi la nywele.
  8. Onyesha sentensi yenye kivumishi.
    1. Mwajuma alisafisha darasa jana.
    2. Gari limefika mapema.
    3. Kule kuna miti mirefu.
    4. Wawili walisajiliwa chuoni.
  9. Ni jibu lipi lenye mapambo ya puani pekee?
    1. Jebu, kipuli
    2. Usinga, udodi
    3. Furungu, njuga
    4. Kipini, kikero
  10. 5/6 kwa maneno ni

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 121 hadi 130.

Hadithi! Hadithi! Hapo zamani za kale kabla ya majabali kukauka, kuku na mwewe walikuwa marafiki wa dhati. Usahibu wao ulikuwa ule wa kufa kuzikana. Waliishi pamoja kwa miaka na mikaka. Walishirikiana na kusaidiana katika lolote lililotokea, la furaha na la majonzi.

Walifanya kazi pamoja. Kila mmoja alijitahidi kadiri ya uwezo wake. Walishirikiana kama kinu na mchi. Bega kwa bega, walifanya kazi zao. Mwewe alijitwika jukumu la kulisha familia zote mbili naye kuku alikuwa na jukumu la kuwalinda watoto wao. Kuku alihakikisha wameshiba na kutulia.

Ndege hawa waliishi kwa amani na utulivu bila kukumbwa na tatizo lililowashinda kutatua. Urafiki wao ulifanya wakati mwingine walale njaa ili watoto wao washibe.

Siku moja walipata barua ya ualishi kutoka kwa ndege wenzao. Karamu ya kukata kwa shoka ilikuwa iandaliwe. Mwewe aliwatayarisha wanawe kwa sherehe. Kuku aligundua kuwa vifaranga wake walikuwa na kucha ndefu zilizowaaibisha. Hivyo, aliamua kumwomba mwewe wen.be. Mwewe alimpa wembe bila kusita kisha akamwambia, “Hakikisha kwamba umerudisha wembe wangu mara moja.”

Kuku alitekeleza wajibu wake kwa haraka. Muda si muda, familia hizo mbili zikang’oa nanga kwa furaha. Karamun, kila mmoja na watoto wake alibugia mapochopocho. Vinywaji vilikuwa tele. Baada ya sherehe, walirejea nyumbani.

Siku iliyofuata, mwewe alimtuma mtoto wake kwa kuku kuuchukua wembe ili wanyolewe. Kuku alipigwa na butwaa alipogundua kwamba wembe wa mwewe haukuwapo. Wasiwasi ulimvamia mara moja. Huku na kule, alianza kuchakurachakura. Jasho lilimtiririka lakini wapi! Juhudi zake hazikumfaa.

Mtoto wa mwewe aliripoti haya kwa mama yake. Bila kungoja, mwewe alifika nyumbani kwa kuku. “Aka! Hujui wewe kuwa wembe huo ni mmoja kama moyo? Lazima nitwae fidia. Nitawala vifaranga wako mmoja mmoja hadi unirejeshee wembe wangu.” Maneno hayo yalimchoma kuku moyoni kama mkuki. Tangu siku hiyo, kuku huchakurachakura huku na kule akiutafuta wembe wa mwewe. Naye mwewe huruka juu akiwasaka vifaranga wa kuku.

  1. Aya ya kwanza inaudokezea kwamba
    1. urafiki wa mwewe na kuku ulikuwa wa unafiki.
    2. mwewe na kuku walitengana sana.
    3. urafiki wa ndege hawa haukuwa wa ukweli.
    4. kuku na mwewe walipendana sana
  2. Neno lililopigiwa mstari mwishoni mwa aya ya kwanza lina maana sawa na a.huzuni.
  3. Katika kifungu ulichosoma, ni nani aliyekuwa akitafuta chakula?
    1. Wote wawili.
    2. Watoto wao.
  4. Mwewe na kuku walishirikiana kama kinu na mchi. Methali inayoafikiana na hali hii ni
    1. bendera hufuata upepo.
    2. baniani mbaya kiatu chake dawa.
    3. kidole kimoja hakivunji chawa.
    4. adui mpende.
  5. Ni nini ambacho kinaonyesha kuwa ndege hawa waliwajali watoto wao?
    1. Kuwatafutia chakula kila siku.
    2. Kuwatetea kila siku.
    3. Kulala njaa ili watoto washibe.
    4. Kwenda karamuni pamoja.
  6. Barua waliyoipata mwewe na kuku
    1. iliandikiwa watoto wao.
    2. iliwaalika katika karamu.
    3. iliwafurahisha sana.
    4. iliwaletea chakula.
  7. Ni kweli kuwa
    1. mwewe alikuwa mwaminifu.
    2. kuku hakuwapenda watoto wake.
    3. watoto wa mwewe walikuwa wachafu.
    4. kuku alikuwa mzembe.
  8. zikang’oa nanga…” ni sawa na
    1. zikaanza safari.
    2. zikakamilisha safari.
    3. zikafika sherehení.
  9. Kulingana na kifungu ulichokisoma, ni nini kilichomtia kuku wasiwasi alipogundua kuwa wembe haukuwapo?
    1. Kuvunjika kwa urafiki wao.
    2. Kunyakuliwa kwa watoto wake.
    3. Onyo alilokuwa amepewa awali.
    4. Kukosa kuhudhuria karamu.
  10. Tabia ya mwewe ya kuruka juu ili kuwasaka vifaranga wa kuku inaonyesha tabia ya
    1. kuonyesha mapenzi.
    2. kutoa onyo.
    3. kulipiza kisasi.

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 131 hadi 140.

Je, ni mnyama yupi mwenye nyayo kama za kasuku, awezaye kutazama pande zote kwa wakati mmoja na mwenye ulimi wenye kasi isiyomithilika? Si ndege, si chura bali ni kinyonga. Kwa makini ukichunguza vidole vya kinyonga, utagundua kuwa, kiaina, vinafanana na vya kasuku. Kila mguu unavyo vidole vitano vyenye upekee wa kuyakamata matawi sawasawa. Aidha, kila kidole kinao ukucha, hivyo, kuwafanya vinyonga wakwezi hodari.

Si miguu yao tu ambayo huajabiwa katika miili yao. Kwa mtazamo wa makini, itadhihirika kuwa katika kila moja ya macho yao, ukope wa juu na wa chini hukaribiana kiasi cha kuacha nafasi ya mboni pekee. Kinyume na binadamu, kinyonga huweza kutazama na kuona pande mbili tofauti mara moja, kwa wakati mmoja. Hili humwezesha kuona kwa nyuzi mia tatu na sitini bila tatizo. Vile vile, wao huwa na uwezo mkubwa wa kuona hususan wakiyaelekeza macho yao yote mawili katika azma moja. Wana uwezo wa kuwaona wadudu wadogo wadogo hata wakiwa mbali. Hili huwasaidia sana wakati wa mawindo.

Ili kulipiza katika utaratibu wao wa kutembea, vinyonga huwa na ndimi ndefu ajabu. Wakati mwingine, ndefu kuliko urefu wa miili yao kwa jumla! Yasemekana kuwa ndimi hizo zao huwa na kasi kiasi kuwa ni vugumu binadamu kuufuatilia mwondoko huo kwa macho. Ni kwa vipi ambavyo ndimi zao huwa na kasi hivyo? Hakika, ndimi zao huwa kama upote na mshale au manati. Jinsi ambavyo upote hurusha mshale ndivyo ambavyo ulimi wa kinyonga hutoka na kuingia kinywani mwake na hivyo kumsaidia kulinasa windo lake.

Talanta nyingine maarufu ya kinyonga ni uwezo wake wa kubadilibadili rangi ya ngozi yake. Anao uwezo wa kujibadili hadi rangi zote za upinde wa mvua na hata zambarau, waridi, nyeusi na hudhurungi. Uwezo huu huwasaidia kujificha kwa kujifananisha na mazingira waliyomo. Hata hivyo, sababu kuu ya uwezo huu huwa kudhibiti kiwango cha joto mwilini na kuelekeza hisia zao. Wao hutumia mabadiliko haya ya rangi kuonyesha hali ya kutamalaki na utetezi katika maeneo wanamoishi. Mabadiliko haya ya rangi aidha hutumika kuwavutia vinyonga wa jinsia tofauti.

Vinyonga wengi hupatikana Afrika. Hata hivyo, matabaka mengine machache yamewahi kushuhudiwa kwingineko kama vile Asia na pia majangwani. Maadamu vinyonga hawana masikio, wao hutumia hisia za mirindimo katika mazingira yao. Hayo yote ya kuajabia kuhusu kinyonga humfanya awe mwanajamii wa kuvutia mno miongoni mwa wanyama jamii ya mamba na mburukenge.

  1. Ni gani hapa si kweli kuhusu kinyonga?
    1. Anao ulimi wenye kasi ya juu.
    2. Nyayo zake hufanana na za kasuku.
    3. Huweza kutazama pande nyingi kwa wakati mmoja.
    4. kwa kiwango fulani, hufanana na chura.
  2. Badala ya kutumia neno lililopigiwa mstari katika aya ya kwanza, mwandishi angetumia
    1. nyoka
  3. Ni nini huwafanya vinyonga kuwa wakwezi hodari?
    1. Miili yao miembamba.
    2. Vidole vyao vitano.
    3. Kucha zao.
    4. Utaratibu wao katika kutembea.
  4. Kwa maoni yako, nafasi za mboni hubakia kwa nini? Ili
    1. kudhibiti kiwango cha nuru.
    2. kuwawezesha vinyonga kuona.
    3. kutenganisha kope za juu na za chini.
    4. kuajabiwa na mwanadamu.
  5. Ni uwezo gani wa vinyonga ambao mwanadamu anaweza kuiga?
    1. Kutazama pande kadhaa kwa wakati mmoja.
    2. Kasi ya ulimi.
    3. Kujibadili rangi.
    4. Utaratibu katika kutembea.
  6. Je, ni gani hapa si sababu ya vinyonga kujibadili rangi?
    1. Kutambulisha hisia zao.
    2. Kupima viwango vyao vya jotomwili.
    3. Kujitofautisha na mazingira wanamoishi.
    4. Kutafuta wenza.
  7. Mwandishi ametaja mambo mangapi ya kuajabia kuhusu kinyonga?
    1. Manane
    2. Saba
    3. Matano
    4. Sita
  8. Sababu kuu ya kinyonga kubadilibadili rangi ni
    1. kujifananisha na mazingira.
    2. kuvutia jinsia tofauti.
    3. kuonyesha hisia zao.
    4. kudhibiti jotomwili.
  9. Mwandishi ametaja uwezo gani wa vinyonga unaowafanya kuwa maarufu?
    1. Uwezo wao wa kukwea miti.
    2. Kasi ya ndimi zao.
    3. Uwezo wao wa kujibadili rangi.
    4. Urefu wa ndimi zao.
  10. Kulingana na msemaji, vinyonga huweza kupatikana katika mabara yapi?
    1. Majangwani na misituni.
    2. Asia na Marekani.
    3. Asia, Afrika, Marekani, misituni na majangwani.
    4. Asia na Afrika.

Soma taarifa ifuatayo kisha ujibu maswali 141-150:-

Ilikuwa Jumamosi. Nilifika nyumbani kwangu saa moja jioni. Tangu nistaafu miaka miwili awali sikupenda kuchelewa Taarifa ya Habari.

Mwezi mmoja ukawa umepita tangu nipewe pesa za kiinua mgongo. Mwezi mmoja mzima nilkuwa katika shughuli za kulipa karo huku. Kuwekeza kwenye mradi ule na kununua hili. Sasa shilingi laki mbili tu zilikuwa zimesalia katika benki.

Watu wengi walinishawishi nijaribu kilimo cha mahindi. Bei ilikuwa imeanza kuimarika. Katika taarifa ya habari jioni hiyo, Waziri wa Kilimo alitangaza bei mpya. Shilingi 1,500 kwa kila gunia. Nami nilikuwa naaza kuumakinikia mradi huu.

Baada ya taarifa, nilikoga, nikala na nikaenda kulala. Kwa sababu ya uchovu, usingizi ulinichukua mara moja. Usingizini niliota. Katika ndoto niliutekeleza mradi wangu. Msimu huo wa kulima nilitenga ekari kumi za shamba langu. Wataalamu walinishauri kuwa wakati mzuri wa kulima ni wa kiangazi. Mwezi wa Januari ulipoanza tu nilitafuta trekta na kulima. Malipo yalikuwa shilingi 1,200 kila ekari. Katikati ya mwezi wa Machi, nilitafuta treka la kutifua shamba tena kwa gharama ya shilingi 15,000 ekari zote kumi. Kufuatia ushauri wa manyakanga wa kilimo, nililipa shilingi elfu kumi na tatu kupiga shamba lote haro.

Mwishoni mwa mwezi huo, nilienda mjini kutafuta pembejeo. Kwanza, nililipa shilingi 20,500 kwa magunia 15 ya mbolea. Kisha nilinunua magunia manne ya mbegu ya mahindi yenye uzani wa kilo 25 kwa shilingi 3,300 kila gunia. Mwezi wa Aprili ulipotimia tu, niliamua kupanda. Ili nipate mazao bora, nilipanda kwa tandazi. Gharama ilikuwa shilingi 1,000 kila ekari. Mvua ilinyesha vizuri na baada ya siku saba, mahindi yalianza kuota. Ilifurahisha kuhesabu mistari ya kijani iliyonyooka. Hali hii iliwezekana tu baada ya kuajiri vijana wa kuwafukuza korongo na vidiri ili wasifukue mbegu mchangani.

Baada ya mwezi mmoja, hatua ya kupalilia ilifika. Nilitafuta vibarua wa kupalilia. Malipo yalikuwa shilingi 700 kila ekari. Kumbe kupalilia kulichochea mtifuko wa mahindi. Punde yakawa yananifikia magotini, Hii ikawa ishara kuwa yanahitaji kumwagiwa mbolea ya kunawirisha iitwayo ‘amonia’. Gharama yake ikawa shilingi 1,300 kila gunia. Hivyo, nikalipa shilingi 19,500 kwa magunia kumi na matano.

Mahindi yalibadilika kimiujiza. Ghafla tu yalirefuka na kunenepa mashina. Yalibadilika rangi yakapiga weusi. Shamba liligeuka likawa kama msitu wa rangi ya kijani iliyokolea. Wapita njia walistajabia mimea na juhudi zangu. Shamba langu sasa likawa kielelezo. Maafisa wa kilimo wakawa kila siku wanawaleta wakulima wengine kujifunza siri ya ufanisi wangu. Hapo nikaanza kuhesabu mavuno nitakayopata na kukadiria faida. Nilipuuza kabisa ushauri wa wahenga kuwa ‘Usikate majani, mnyama hajauawa.

Bila taarifa wala tahadhari mvua ilitoweka. Hayakupita majuma mawili mahindi yakaanza kubadilika. Juma moja baadaye mahindi yalinyauka. Badala ya mahindi, shamba likageuka la vitunguu vilivyochomwa na jua. Makisio yangu ya faida yaliyeyuka jinsi ufanyavyo moshi.

Lakini ‘Muumba ndiye Muumbua.’ Siku moja mawingu yalitanda na mvua ikanyesha. Muda si muda mahindi yalianza kunawiri. Kumbe tukio lililonivunja moyo lilikuwa laja. Siku moja mvua kubwa ilinyesha. Asubuhi nilipotoka nje nilipigwa na butwaa. Barafu ilitapakaa pote. Shamba lilikuwa limetapakaa barafu huku majani ya mahindi yamechanika kama nyuzi. Niliugua. Baada ya wiki moja, nilipata nafuu. Nilipotazama upande wa shamba niliona dalili za majani mapya ya mahindi yakianza kuchomoza. Maumbile ni kitu cha ajabu kweli.

Muda si mrefu mahindi yalirudia hali yake tena, kisha yakakomaa. Harakati za kutafuta watu wa kuyakata na kuyakusanya zilianza. Gharama ya shughuli hii ikawa shilingi 5,000. Kuvuna, kusafirisha kutoka shamba na kukoboa kwa mashine magunia 200 yakachukua shilingi 20,500.

Kufikia hapo nilikuwa nimetumia takribani shilingi 192,700. Gharama nyingine zilikuwa za usafiri, gharama ya dharura na usimamizi, usumbufu wangu binafsi, gharama ya magunia na kadhalika. Mahindi yalipokuwa tayari kwenye magunia, nilifunga safari kwenda mjini kutafuta soko.. Niliposhuka tu niliona gazeti. Habari motomoto siku hiyo ilikuwa: ‘MAHINDI GUNIA 900/= Niligutuka usingizini

  1. Andika kichwa mwafaka kwa kifungu hiki
    1. Mahindi gunia
    2. Mashaka ya kilimo cha gunia
    3. Kiinua mgongo
    4. Usingizi
  2. Msimulizi alikuwa na kiasi gani cha fulusi baada ya mradi kukamilika? Elfu mbili tu
    1. Laki mbili tu
    2. Elfu saba mia tatu
    3. Laki moja mia tisa, mia saba
  3. Kwa mujibu wa kifungu hiki msimulizi alikuwa na matatizo matatu makuu katika zaraa ila
    1. tishio la korongo
    2. tishio la kiangazi
    3. mvua ya barafu
    4. gharama ndogo
  4. Kwa mujibu wa kifungu methali “Muumba ndiye muumba” imetumika. Ni methali ipi iliyo na maana sawa na hiyo?
    1. Aliyekupa wewe kiti ndiye aliyenipa kumbi
    2. Hulka njema sawa na mali
    3. Bahati ya mwenzio usiilalie mlango wazi
    4. Baada ya dhiki faraja
  5. Pamoja na kiwango cha chini cha mavuno ni jambo lipi jingine lililosababisha msimulizi kutopata faida?
    1. Gharama ya kilimo
    2. Kushuka kwa bei
    3. Kutoweka kwa mvua
    4. Tangazo lililokuwa gazetini
  6. Eleza maana ya kiinua mgongo kama lilivyotumika katika kifungu
    1. Mshahara wa mwezi
    2. Mkopo wa kilimo.
    3. Malipo ya kustaafu
    4. Kuinuliwa mgongo juu
  7. Kwa mujibu wa aya ya tano jambo lipi ambalo lilikuwa la mwisho kutendewa na msimulizi
    1. Kuhesabu mistari ya kijani iliyonyoka
    2. Kuenda mjini kutafuta pembejeo
    3. Kuajiri vijana kuwafukuza vidiri na korongo
    4. Kupanda kwa tandazi ili apate mazao bora
  8. Maana ya yalinyauka ni
    1. kauka
    2. kufa
    3. nawiri
    4. stawi
  9. Katika aya ya nane maoni ya msimulizi ni kuwa faida yaliyeyuka ufanyavyo moshi. Huu ni mfano wa
    1. tashbihi
    2. tashdidi
    3. istiari
    4. tanakali
  10. Kulingana na kifungu ni kweli kusema kuwa
    1. mavuno hayakuwa mema
    2. mavuno yalikuwa haba
    3. msimulizi hakutumia ngwenje nyingi
    4. msimulizi alikuwa amestaafu

Soma habari ifuatayo kisha ujibu maswali 151 – 160:- 

Ama kwa hakika, dunia uwanja wa fujo. Vituko vya ulimwengu haviishi. Huzuka kama mizuka kila kunapokucha. Maajabu yaja yakienda. Yote hayo ni mawimbi ya maisha yanayomkumba mwanadamu katika kuishi na kuisha kwake. Lo! Hayo ndiyo malimwengu ulimwenguni.

Nikikaa na kutafakari, huku nikivuta taswira ya mambo kuhusu haya na yale nywele hunisimama, moyo hunidunda, mifupa hunikengeta, nayo damu hunisisimka. Na damu isipowasha hunyeza! Lakini tufanyeje sisi waja wa Mungu ilhali tunajua na kuelewa fika kuwa mja hana hiari na liandikwalo ndilo liwalo? Tunaishi na tuishi kwa rehema na majaliwa ya Jalali. Ewe Mola tunakuhimidi!

Kisa na maana? Hebu nikukumbushe machache tu. Akali ya vituko na vitushi vya hivi karibuni. Bila shaka  nitakuwa nimekusaidia na kukufaa ushughulishe kumbukumbu zako nawe urejee nyuma kidogo. Wazee hukumbuka,  vijana hukumbushwa.

Si miaka mingi sana ulimwengu wetu ulipokumbwa na mvua za mafuriko ya Elnino. Maafa mangapi kama si misiba iliyotusibu. Baadaye tukakumbwa na uhasama wa Osama! Roho nyonge zikanyongwa. Yakaja mawimbi ya kabobo, nyinyi mnayaita Sunami! Vifo vilifisha wengi. Baada ya kidonda moyoni, msumari wa moto juu ya dondandugu. Kabla ya kupona wakazuka ndugu wawili Artur magariani na mwenzake. Nyinyi mkawaita mamluki. Shangaa. Kesho yatazuka yapi? Tahadhari iko wapi? Roho mikononi. Ndugu amkeni tulale tukiwa macho.

  1. Dunia imemithilishwa na uwanja wa fujo kwa nini? Kwa sababu
    1. Kuna vituko vingi mno vya kushangaza
    2. Fujo hutokea duniani
    3. Watu wanafurahishwa na fujo za dunia
    4. Furaha za watu ni kufanya fujo
  2. Tunaambiwa kuwa
    1. vituko vina mwisho, vimeisha
    2. maajabu hayana mwisho, huja yakienda
    3. maajabu ni malimwengu
    4. vituko vya dunia havimtishi mwanadamu 153. “Kuishi na kuisha” kuna mantiki gani?
    5. Kufurahia kuishi na kuisha
    6. Huwezi kuisha bila kuishi
    7. Ukiisha utaishi
    8. Watu wanakuwa hai huku wengine wakifa.
  3. Kulingana na kifungu, nini maana kuvuta taswira?
    1. Kuona picha
    2. Kupiga mambo picha
    3. Kusoma na kuelewa
    4. Kuyakumbuka matukio kwa makini
  4. Nywele husimama, moyo hudunda. Kichwa _________________ ilhali tumbo

__________________

  1. huvuma, hudorota
  2. hutafuna, huzunguka
  3. huwanga, husokota
  4. huruka, huchanganya
  1. Taarifa inatuambia kwamba tunaishi
    1. kwa kudra za Mwenyezi Mungu
    2. kwa kuwa tuna nguvu nyingi
    3. kwa kutumia ujanja
    4. ili Mungu atusaidie
  2. Baadhi ya maafa yaliyowahi kutokea ni pamoja na
    1. yote yaliyosababishwa na uzembe wetu
    2. yaliyo zaidi ya uwezo wetu kuzuia
    3. mengi ambayo tungezuia
    4. dhambi za wanadamu wenyewe
  3. Maafa yaliyosababishwa na nguvu za maji ni kama vile
    1. Elnino na uhasama
    2. Kabobo na Artur
    3. Osama na Artur
    4. Kabobo na Elnino
  4. Miongoni mwa walioaga dunia walikuwepo
    1. Mamluki
    2. Wenye hatia
    3. Wasio na hatia
    4. Waliosababisha kabobo
  5. Bila shaka taarifa hii ni
    1. Kuhusu msiba na huzuni ya maafa
    2. ya kuchekesha
    3. hadithi ya porojo tu
    4. mambo yaliyopita ambayo hayana umuhimu.

Soma taarifa ifuatayo kisha uiibu maswali 161- 170

Akiba ni nini? Kwa kifupi, akiba ni kitu kilichotengwa kwa ajili ya manufaa ya baadaye. Watu wanaoamini akiba huwa wanafahamu kuwa maisha yana nyuso mara mbili: wakati wa mavuno mema na wakati wa mavuno hafifu. Wanazaraa hawa wanafahamu fika kuwa kuna uwezekano wa kupata mavuno kama hayo mbeleni. Taifa linalowajali wazalendo wake huhakikisha kuwa maghala yamejaa vyakula nomi. Akiba maarufu zaidi ni ya kuhifadhi pesa benkini.

Watu wengi duniani wamebakia kuwa walalahoi kwa kutojua wala kutambua namna ya kuweka akiba. Utawasikia wengi wakisema kuwa hakiba huwekwa na waja wenye vipato vikubwa. Kabla ya kufikiria hivyo ni vyema ujue kuwa waliokuwa au walionavyo, mwanzoni hawakuwa navyo. Mtu anaweza kuweka akiba hata kama kipato chake ni cha chini kabisa. Kumbuka kuwa hakiba haiozi na kidogo kidogo hujazaa kibaba.

Wengine hulalamika eti hawawezi kuweka akiba kwani mapato yao huishia tu wanapokidhi matakwa yao ya lazima. Hawajui kwamba iwapo wanataka kuwa na uchumi thabiti katika siku za usoni ni sharti kujinyima. Kukosa kuweka akiba eti kwa kusingizia mshahara mdogo ni kujipumbaza tu. Kuna baadhi ya watu vilevile wanaodhani kuwa wao ni wachanga zaidi kuanza kuweka hifadhi. Kuna wanaofanya mipango mizuri zaidi ya kuzitumia pesa zao lakini tamaa na uchu huwafanya tena kupotoka kabisa. Kupanga kufanya jambo na kisha ukakosa kulitekeleza ni kupoteza muda. Utawaona watu wanalipwa mshahara, wanatumia kila kitu na kuendelea kufanya kazi kungojea mshahara mwingine. Huku ni kuzungukia sehemu moja kama tiara bila kupiga hatua.

Ni jambo la busara sana kuanza kuweka akiba kutoka utotoni. Akiba hizi zinaweza kufanywa kwa njia ayami. Mwanzo mtu anaweza kuwa na mkebe mdogo uliotengenezwa kwa njia ya kipekee. Mkebe huo huwa na kishimo kidogo kinachomwezesha mtu kuweka pesa bila kutoa. Njia nyingine ni kuwa wazazi au walezi wao kuwawekea. Wazazi na walezi wanaweza kuwafungulia watoto wao akaunti kwenye benki. Kuweka pesa benkini ni bora zaidi kuliko akiba nyingine zozote. Hii ni kwa sababu ya ulinzi wa pesa pale benkini. Isitoshe, pesa zinazowekwa kwenye benki huzaa riba. Vilevile pesa hizo zinaweza kuwekezwa kwa njia ambazo faida zitaonekana na mtoto mwenyewe. Mtoto anaweza kununuliwa mifugo kama vile; kuku, sungura, mabata ambao watazaana na kumletea mtoto faida zaidi.

Mtoto anapoona kuwa pesa zake zinaweza kuendelea kuzaa huwa na motisha wa kuendelea kuweka akiba. Mwana akilelewa kwa tamaduni hizi za kuwekeza, kamwe hataacha hata akiwa mtu mzima. Atakuwa na mshawasha wa kuendelea kuzalisha milele. Kuweka akiba kutoka utotoni humfanya mtoto kuwa na pesa za kutosha hata kuyaendeleza masomo yake bila kutegemea wafadhili. Huku ndiko kujitegemea. Mtu anayejitegemea huishi maisha ya amani na raha mstarehe.

Je, wewe tayari una akiba au utaanza kuweka leo? Kumbuka kuwa kuweka akiba ni ishara kubwa zaidi ya kuwa na nidhamu.

  1. Kwa mujibu wa aya ya kwanza,
    1. akiba muhimu zaidi ni za vyakula vya wakulima
    2. akiba huwekwa baada ya kupata mapato mengi
    3. mtu anafaa kuweka akiba hata kama mapato yake ni finyu
    4. maisha kamwe hayana nyuso mbili
  2. Ni kwa nini watu wengi wameishia kuwa maskini kulingana na taarifa uliyoisoma?
    1. Mapato yao ni machache
    2. Wanafahamu fika maana ya kuweka akiba
    3. Wanachelea kuweka akiba wakidhani hawana vya kutosha
    4. Walalahai wameyachukua mapato makubwa wakawamalizia
  3. Chagua methali iliyo kinyume na methali iliyotumiwa katika sentensi ya mwisho wa aya ya pili
    1. Chururu si ndo! ndo! ndo!
    2. Papo kwa papo kamba hukata jiwe
    3. Haba na haba hujaza kibaba
    4. Mchumia juani hulia kivulini
  4. Serikali inawezaje kuwahakikishia watu wake uthabiti wa kiuchumi kulingana na ufahamu?
    1. Kuwashauri watu wake kuweka akiba
    2. Kuwalazimisha wananchi wake kuweka akiba
    3. Kuwapa wananchi wake mapato makubwa ili waweke akiba
    4. Kuwawekea wananchi wake vyakula vya kutosha kwenye maghala
  5. Watu wengi hawapendi kuweka akiba kwa sababu zote hizi ila
    1. wanadhani kuwa mapato yao hayatoshi
    2. wanaona kuwa umri wao ni mdogo mno
    3. wanafanya mipango mizuri lakini hawaitekelezi
    4. mapato yao yanawaruhusu kuweka akiba ndogo mno
  6. Huku ni kuzungukia sehemu moja kama tiara… Ni tamathali gani ya lugha iliyotumiwa hapa?
    1. Tashbihi
    2. Methali
    3. Istiara
    4. Semi
  7. Ni ijambo lipi linalowazuia watu wenye mipango mizuri kuweka akiba?
    1. Mipango yao huwa na kasoro fulani.
    2. Wanayapangia mapato bila kufahau kuwa hayatoshi
    3. Mshahara wao mdogo kukosa kuwaruhusu kuitekeleza mipango yao
    4. Hulka zao za kuvitamani sana vitu vingine
  8. Kati ya mbinu zifuatazo, ni mbinu gani si bora
    1. Kuweka pesa kwenye mkebe maalum
    2. Kuwapa wazazi wao pesa wawawekee
    3. Kuzitumia pesa ili kukirimia matakwa yao
    4. Kuweka pesa kwenye akaunti za benki
  9. Ni kwa nini mtu anafaa kuanza kuweka akiba akiwa na umri mdogo?
    1. Atakuwa tajiri kwa haraka mno
    2. Atakuwa na utamaduni huo maishani
    3. Pesa zake zitakuwa maradufu
    4. Mtu hahitaji kujipanga akiwa ameweka akiba
  10. Mtu anayepoteza kazi yake ilhali ameweka akiba;
    1. atakuwa mtegemeaji wa wengine
    2. anaweza kuanzisha biashara
    3. ataanza kuweka akiba kidogo kidogo
    4. ataweza kwenda ziarani kujivinjari na familia

Soma ufahamu ufuatao kisha ujibu maswali 171-180

Nyanya Matinda alikuwa ametualika twende kumsalimia. Mwanzo aliwauliza wazazi wetu iwapo sote tungepatikana wakati wa sikukuu ya Krismasi. Wengi waliitikia ualishi huo isipokuwa shangazi ambaye aljitetea kuwa binamu yetu Juma angekuwa na shughuli muhimu chuoni. Baada ya majadiliano ya kina na watu wote wa ukoo, uamuzi ulitolewa kuwa twende kumtembelea wakati wa kiburunzi.

Mimi sikuwa nimemwona bibi huyu kwa zaidi ya nusu mwongo. Nilikuwa na mchanganyiko wa furaha na maswali. Furaha kwa kuwa ningepata nafasi ya kuzuru watu wa nyumbani na maswali ya kujua tuliloitiwa. “Je, nyanya anataka kuishia ahera ama vipi? Niliwaza na kuwazua. Nilitaka kuingojea siku hiyo ili nijue dhahiri shahiri. Bibi alikuwa ametayarisha kuchinja ndume wake kuwa kitoweo chetu.

Kufikia saa tisa alasiri tarehe thelathini na moja Desemba, kila mmoja alikuwa amewasili. Mimi ndimi niliyefika karibu wa mwisho. Nilipofika kwa nyanya nilishangazwa na wingi wa watu. Ukweli ni kwamba, singewajua wala kuwatambua wote. Wengi walikuwa ajinabi machoni pangu. Kulikuwa na harufu nzuri ya vyakula hewani. Nilianza kudondokwa na mate bila kujua. Punde si punde, tuliombwa na ami mkuu tuingie ndani sote. Nyumba ya nyanya ilikuwa na bahari ya sebule. Tulimezwa sote na hakukuwa aliyetapikwa hata mmoja. Ilikuwani nyumba ya kisasa iliyojengwa kwa teknolojia mpya.

Pale sebuleni. kila mmoja alionekana akishughulika na simu za mkononi. Wengine walikuwa kwenye mtandao, wengine wakicheza michezo, wengine wakiandika jumbe na wengine wakipiga picha almaarufu ‘selfie”. Mara nyanya Matinda alinyerereka asteaste na kuingia ndani.

Cha ajabu ni kwamba, hakuna aliyemwona isipokuwa mimi. Wote walikuwa na shughuli.

Nyanya alionekana kukasirika. Alitoka shoti na kuingia katika chumba chake cha kulala. Aliporudi alikuwa amebeba gunia. Alikohoa. Kila mmoja aliinua kichwa na kumwangalia. “Hata hamna muda wa kuzungumza mjuane? Simu..simu.simu tu! Kila mmoja aiweke simu yake kwenye gunia hili.” Nyanya alifoka kwa ukali. Tulitii amri ingawa kwa shingo upande.

Sote hatukufurahia lakini tukajibu, “Pole nyanya Matinda kwa kukuudhi'”kwa kauli moja. “Ni kwa nini mmechangamkia elimu ya ulimwengu na huku elimu ya ukoo mmeipoteza? Ni kwa nini hamuwezi kuzungumza mkajuane? Hamjui kwamba dunia imeharibika siku hizi? Hamjawaona ndugu wa damu wakioana kwa kutojua? Ni kwa nini dunia hii inawapotosha wajukuu wangu? Ama nyote mnajuana?” Hapana nyanya,” tulijibu kwa pamoja. “Haya hebu sasa mwangalie mwenzako,” alitoa kauli nyingine.

“Ah! Wajukuu wangu, mmedanganyika na kupotoka kabisa. Hebu tazameni humu mwangu, ni kitu

gani cha kisasa ambacho hakiko? Angalieni runinga yangu na simu yangu. Hivi vyote si vya kisasa? Sasa hebu mniambie iwapo vimenikatiza kujua watu wa ukoo wangu?” Nyanya alisimulia kwa masikitiko.

“Vyombo hivi vyote vya teknolojia ni vyema. Nyinyi ndinyi mnavitumia isivyofaa. Mimi nilipozaliwa

nilipata kuwa kulikuwa na magazeti na televisheni. Baba yangu alikuwa na kijiredio cha mbao ambacho

hakuna hata mmoja aliyeruhusiwa kukigusa.” Tuliangua kicheko. “Acheni kucheka. Hata tulikuwa na

televisheni ya “Sanyo’ ambayo ilionyesha rangi nyeusi na nyeupe.”tulicheka tena. “Isitoshe, kijiji kizima kilifika kwetu wakati wa Magharibi kutazama taarifa ya habari!”

Wakati huo wote tulishindwa kuzuia vicheko. Nyanya pia aliongezea kuwa baba yake alikuwa na saa kubwa sana. Saa hiyo iliyotajwa kuwa ya “Majira’ iikuwa kubwa zaidi kiasi kwamba iliwekwa sakafuni.

Alidokeza kuwa saa hiyo haikutumia betri. Kila mara ungesikia ikitoa sauti kwaa krabu zake, ch!

ch! ch!

Saa ishirini na nne.

Wajukuu wangu, nimemaliza mizungu. Sasa karibuni tule na tufurahie kuwa watu wa ukoo mmoja.” Sinia za minofu zilianza kuletwa mezani.

  1. Familia ya nyanya Matinda ilimtembelea lini kulingana na aya ya kwanza?
    1. Wakati wa Krismasi
    2. Mkesha wa mwaka mpya
    3. Mkesha wa Krismasi
    4. Siku yake ya kuzaliwa
  2. Ni nani aliyetoa sababu ya mwanawe kutopata nafasi tarehe kamili za awali za ualishi?
    1. Binamu yake shangazi
    2. Mtoto wa kiume wa shangazi
    3. Ndugu wa kiume wa mama
    4. Ndugu wa kike wa baba
  3. Msimulizi hakuwa amemtembelea nyanya yake kwa muda wa
    1. zaidi ya miaka mitano
    2. takribani miaka kumi na miwili
    3. zaidi ya miaka kumi
    4. zaidi ya nusu ya mwaka
  4. Unafikiri ni kwa nini mwandishi wa makala haya alifurahia baada ya kupata ualishi?
    1. Alikuwa anajiuliza sababu kuu ya nyanya kuwaita
    2. Alidhani kuwa siku za nyanya zilikuwa zimeyoyoma
    3. Binamu yake alikuwa na shughuli na kwa hivyo hawangeenda
    4. Angepata nafasi ya kutembea nyumbani na kuwaona watu wao
  5. Kifungu, bahari ya sebule, kimepigiwa mstari. Kinamaanisha kuwa
    1. nyumba ya nyanya ilikuwa na bahari ndani
    2. sebuleni palikuwa na kidimbwi kikubwa
    3. sebule ilikuwa kubwa zaidi
    4. bahari iliyokuwapo ilitumeza sote tukapotea
  6. Kulingana na aya ya nne
    1. nyanya Matinda anaonyeshwa kutoipenda mitambo yoyote ya teknolojia
    2. nyanya Matinda anashangaa ni kwa nini wajukuu wamekuwa watumwa wa simu badala ya kujuana
    3. nyanya Matinda anadhani kuwa simutamba huhifadhiwa kwenye gunia
    4. wajukuu wale waliziweka simu zao kwenye gunia kwa hiari
  7. Ni jambo gani linaloonyesha kuwa wajukuu wale walikuwa na heshima?
    1. Hawakuwa wanazungumziana kwa hivyo waliheshimiana
    2. Walimwambia nyanya Matinda pole baada ya kumkasirisha
    3. Walikubali kuziweka simu zao kwenye magunia kwa furaha
    4. Wajukuu wote walikuwa wamemiliki simu ya mkononi.
  8. Kifungu ulichokisoma kimebainisha kwamba elimu ya ukoo
    1. hutuwezesha kufahamu jamaa na koo zetu
    2. hutuwezesha kufahamu ulimwengu wa tovuti
    3. huturahisishia kujua elimu ya dunia
    4. haijapuuzwa na vijana hata kidogo
  9. Kauli zifuatazo zinazotolewa na nyanya zinaonyesha ucheshi isipokuwa masimulizi kuhusu
    1. kuwepo kwa magazeti yaliyosomwa na wakongwe
    2. saa kubwa ajabu ambayo haikutumia betri
    3. runinga iliyotazamwa na karibu kijiji kizima
    4. kuwepo kwa kijiredio cha mbao ambacho hakikuguzwa na yeyote 180. Ni kauli gani iliyo sawa kulingana na makala uliyoyasoma?
    5. Elimu ya ukoo hufunzwa pamoja na elimu za dunia
    6. Hapakuwa na vyombo vya teknolojia hapo zamani
    7. Vyombo vya kiteknolojia ni vyema lakini vinatumiwa visivyo
    8. Vyombo vya teknolojia vililetwa ili kupoteza ukoo wa watu

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 181 mpaka 190.

Mawasiliano ni njia ya kupashana habari kutoka kwa mtu mmoja hadi mwingine. Sijui kama umewahi kuwazia namna watu wa kale walivyotekeleza mchakato huu wa mawasiliano. Kwangu ninaona njia za mawasiliano zilikuwa za ajabu mno. Hebu fikiria kufuka kwa moshi kama ishara ya ujumbe fulani. Je, unafahamu pia milio mbalimbali ilipitisha habari muhimu katika jamii hizo? Kumbuka mbiu ya mgambo wanasema ikilia kuna jambo. Hakika suala la mawasiliano ni nguzo muhimu katika maisha ya binadamu.

Ulimwengu wa sasa umepiga hatua kubwa sana kimaendeleo. Maendeleo hayo yameleta mabadiliko makuu katika mawasiliano. Mfumo wa mawasiliano umewaunganisha waja katika shughuli zao za kila siku. Ilikufanikisha a mawasiliano baina yao, jambo la kimsingi huwa ni kupitisha ujumbe. Wewe mwanafunzi, unapokuwa shuleni kunazo habari muhimu unazohitajika kumfikishia mzazi au mlezi wako. Je, unazifikisha vipi habari hizo?

Fikiria kuhusu wale wanaofanya kazi mbali na familia zao. Unadhani wanawafikishia wapendwa wao taarifa kwa njia gani? Kuna njia nyingi za kuwasilisha ujumbe. Kwa mfano kupiga simu. Vyombo vya habari navyo vinatuwezesha kupitisha ujumbe. Kila siku vinatupasha habari za kila aina. Ni vyema tufahamu kuwa ili mawasiliano yakamilike, basi ujumbe sharti umfikie mlengwa. Mlengwa naye anafaa kuufahamu ujumbe uliokusudiwa.

Tunapopokea ujumbe, tutafakari kuhusu yule aliyetuma ujumbe na ujumbe wenyewe. Sababu kuu ni kubaini lengo kuu la mawasiliano yake. Je, amekusudia nini? Wengi wanaopokea ujumbe wanashindwa kumwelewa aliyetuma ujumbe kutokana na hali ya ujumbe wake. Lugha aliyoitumia inaweza kuwa na utata ambao unatinga kueleweka kwa ujumbe huo. Wengine wanatumia lugha ya mafumbo ambayo labda haieleweki na mlengwa wa ujumbe. Wazia kuwa umemwomba rafiki yako akununulie mbuzi kwa kuwa unahitaji kumfuga nyumbani, kisha ujumbe huu umpige chenga akuletee  kifaa cha kukunia nazi.

Je, utamlaumu au utamcheka mpaka mbavu zivunjike? Iwapo tunahitaji kufanikisha mawasiliano, basi ni muhimu tutumie lugha inayoeleweka vyema. Tukumbuke kuwa, katika lugha, maneno huwa na maana mbalimbali katika muktadha.

Hali ya mpokezi wa ujumbe inaweza kuwa kikwazo cha mawasiliano. Huenda anayepokea ujumbe amekumbwa na hali ambazo zinamkosesha utulivu wa kimawazo. Hali hizo zinaweza kuwa matatizo ya kiafya, majukumu ya malezi na kazi miongoni mwa mengine. Hali hii inaweza kutatiza mkondo wake wa mawazo akakosa makini ya kuufahamu ujumbe uliokusudiwa. Mazingira aliyomo mpokezi wa ujumbe huo, huenda pia yakaathiri uelewa wa ujumbe. Chukulia kwa mfano, umetumwa gulioni kununua bidhaa. Kama ilivyo kawaida, maeneo kama hayo huwa na halaiki ya watu na kelele nyingi. Si muziki, si matangazo ya kibiashara, si mahubiri, yataje yote. Ukipigiwa simu wakati kama huo unaweza kukosa kuisikia.

Iwapo utaisikia upokee, mawasiliano yatatizika bila shaka.

Kufanikiwa kwa shughuli nzima ya mawasiliano kunategemea iwapo aliyetuma ujumbe amepokea majibu kwa mujibu wa ujumbe wake. Ni vyema basi tutafakari kuhusu vikwazo vyote ambavyo vinatatiza mawasiliano. Tukumbuke kuwa mawasiliano yetu hutegemea mahusiano yetu, viwango vyetu vya elimu, mila na desturi na chombo cha mawasiliano kinachotumika miongoni mwa mengine. Kila kipengele kitiliwe maanani kwa kuwa ufanisi wa mawasiliano utategemea uelewa wa ujumbe.

  1. Chagua jibu sahihi kwa mujibu wa aya ya kwanza:
    1. Mwandishi anawahurumia watu wa enzí ya zamani.
    2. Maisha bora ya jamii hutegemea namna tunavyowasiliana na watu wengine.
    3. Utaratibu wa sasa wa kupitisha habari ni bora kuliko wa zamani.
    4. Upashanaji wa habari wa kale uliwashangaza wengi.
  2. Kulingana na aya ya pili:
    1. Mahitaji mbalimbali ya wanajamii yamezua mbinu nyingi za kupashana habari.
    2. Taarifa kutoka shuleni zinachangia uelewa wa mambo ya nyumbani.
    3. Upashanaji wa habari katika jamii hutegemea wanahabari wenyewe.
    4. Ustawi wa jamii unategemea vifaa vya Akiteknolojia pekee. 183. Kulingana na kifungu:
    5. Wahenga waliulizana maswali mengi kuhusu upashanaji wa habari.
    6. Matarajio ya mpokezi wa ujumbe My huathiri ufahamu wa taarifa.
    7. Upataji wa habari kwa wepesi hutegemea ufahamu wa ujumbe.
    8. Lugha tofauti anazozijua mpokezi way ujumbe humwezesha kupokea habari. 184. Ni kauli ipi si sahihi kulingana na aya ya tatu?
    9. Msingi wa upashanaji habari ni kufahamu madhumuni ya anayetuma taarifa.
    10. Kutumia lugha fiche katika ujumbe huharibu uhusiano wa kijamii.
    11. Kiwango cha lugha katika ujumbe huweza kutatiza uelewa wa habari.
    12. Kutoelewa ujumbe kuna madhara kwa anayetuma na kupokea habari.
  3. Kifungu kimebainisha kwamba:

Mawasiliano

  1. yanafaidi wenye simu.
  2. yanaleta familia pamoja.
  3. hufaulu mahali penye utulivu.
  4. humfanya mtu afikirie sana.
  1. Aya ya nne imebainisha kwamba:
    1. Utaratibu wa kupashana habari hutegemea namna mtu anavyofikiria kuhusu maisha.
    2. Kazi anazofanya mtu hutatiza jinsi anavyopokea ujumbe.
    3. Mahali alipo anayetuma ujumbe huweza kuathiri uelewa wa taarifa lengwa.
    4. Upokeaji ujumbe kwa usahihi hutegemea umakinifu wa mpokezi.
  2. Kwa mujibu wa kifungu, lugha ya mawasiliano inafaa
    1. iwe wazi na rahisi kwa mpokezi.
    2. iwe ya kumvutia mpokezi na yenye mafumbo.
    3. kuleta maana mbalimbali kwa mpokezi.
    4. kutuliza fikira za mpokezi wa ujumbe.
  3. Maoni ya mwandishi katika aya ya mwisho ni kwamba:
    1. Ukamilifu wa mawasiliano huamuliwa na muda anaochukua mpokezi kutoa jawabu.
    2. Mawasiliano baina ya binadamu katika jamii huathiriwa na utamaduni wao.
    3. Ujumbe unaopitishwa kwa vifaa vya mawasiliano pekee ni bora zaidi.
    4. Vizuizi vya mawasiliano hutokea pale tunapowaza kuhusu hali ya mpokezi.
  4. Kauli ‘umpige chenga’ imetumia tamathali gani ya usemi?
    1. sitiari
    2. tashbihi
    3. nahau
    4. tashihisi
  5. Maana ya, ‘halaiki ya watu’ kulingana na kifungu ni:
    1. Watu wenye mienendo inayofanana.
    2. Watu wengi waliokusanyika pamoja.
    3. Wataalamu wenye maarifa mengi.
    4. Wauzaji wa bidhaa sokoni.

Soma kifungu kifuatacho kisha ujibu maswali 191 mpaka 200.

 

Mimi na Mwamba tulijiunga na shule ya msingi ya Maarifa wakati mmoja. Tangu wakati huo nimemtambua Mwamba kama rafiki wa kuaminika. Tulisoma pamoja, tukacheza pamoja na kushirikiana katika mambo mengi. Alikuwa mmakinifu, msikivu na mchangamfu. Unadhifu wake uliwavutia wengi. Hata mimi aliniathiri nikamuiga. Walimu na wanafunzi walimshabikia na kumthamini hata wakamchagua kuwa kiongozi. Vipawa vya Mwamba vilianza kuchipuka mapema.Naye Mwamba alijitahidi kuvipalilia.

Bidii ya Mwamba inaweza kumithilishwa na ile ya mchwa kujenga kichuguu kwa mate. Mwamba alifahamu fika kuwa mja yeyote kujaliwa ni yeye mwenyewe kujipa uvumilivu, kutia bidii na kushirikiana na wenzake. Alifanya juu chini kuelewa yote tuliyofundishwa na walimu wetu. Ingawa akili yake ilikuwa kama sumaku, pale ambapo alitatizika kuelewa hakufa moyo. Alikuwa tayari wakati wote kujadiliana na wenzake katika vikundi. Alitambua kuwa jifya moja haliinjiki chungu. Pamoja na hayo, Mwamba alijaliwa moyo wa kusaidia. Wakati mwingine katika kundi letu alitufafanulia mada ambazo hatukuzielewa vizuri. Aliwafaa hata wale waliokuwa na changamoto ya kuelewa yaliyofunzwa na walimu. Ama kwa hakika, tulishangazwa na subira na unyenyekevu wake.

Mimi na rafiki yangu Mwamba tulijiunga na timu ya soka ya shule yetu. Alichukua nafasi ya mshambulizi nami nikawa mlinda lango. Kila tuliposhiriki kwenye mashindano, Mwamba aliifungia timu yetu mabao mengi. Mara nyingi, tuliibuka washindi na kuwaacha wapinzani wetu vinywa wazi. Nyota ya Mwamba ilianza kung’aa michezoni. Alipokea tuzo ya mwanasoka bora zaidi katika gatuzi letu. Nayo timu yetu ilinyakua kombe la ushindi na sare kamili za kandanda. Shule yetu ilisifika na kutambulika kama kitovu cha wachezaji kandanda chipukizi. Hata baadhi yetu tulichaguliwa kujiunga na timu ya kitaifa ya vijana.

Mwaka huu, Mwamba amegundua kipawa chake kingine katika rubaa ya muziki baada ya kujiunga na bendi ya muziki shuleni. Wakati wa gwaride na pia sherehe mbalimbali shuleni ameweza kupata nafasi ya kututumbuiza. Sauti yake ya kinanda na nyimbo zake zimevuma kotekote. Kuvuma kwa nyimbo hizo kunatokana na ujumbe wa nyimbo zake. Nyimbo hizo huwahimiza watu kukuza maadili na bidii kila uchao. Hakika, zinatuliza mioyo, zinahimiza, zinachochea watu kuwa na upendo, amani na ushirikiano. Katika siku za hivi majuzi bendi yao imetunga nyimbo ambazo zimevutia wafuasi wengi mitandaoni. Baadhi ya vituo vya mawasiliano vimetuma maombi kualika bendi hiyo kwenye studio zao. Azma yao ni kurekodi baadhi ya nyimbo zao ili zitumike kama milio kwenye simu zinapopigwa au kukiriza. Aidha nyimbo zao huchezwa kwenye vituo mbalimbali vya redio na runinga. Chini ya uongozi wa mwalimu wao, ambaye ni mlezi wa bendi yao, wameweza kujipatia hela ambazo zimetumika kununulia vyombo zaidi vya muziki. Mwalimu huyu wao huhakikisha kuwa bendi hiyo ina nidhamu ya hali ya juu.

Juma lililopita, mwalimu wa zamu aliwapa nafasi wanafunzi kadha kutoa nasaha kuhusu namna ya kufanikiwa masomoni. Mwamba alikuwa miongoni mwao. Hotuba yake ililenga ndipo. Alisema, “Wanafunzi wenzangu, kufaulu kwetu masomoni na pia maishani hakutegemei kule tulikotoka bali nidhamu ya mtu mwenyewe”. Alituambia kuwa achanikaye kwenye mpini hafi njaa. Kwa hivyo, tujitahidi masomoni. Aliongezea kusema kuwa, kila mtu amejaliwa muda wa saa ishirini na nne kila siku. Alituhimiza tuuratibu muda wetu vyema. Katika kuhitimisha hotuba yake alisisitiza tuwaheshimu wakubwa wetu ili tuweze kufanikiwa maishani. Hotuba yake hupigiwa debe shuleni hadi leo.

  1. Chagua jibu sahihi kulingana na aya ya kwanza:
  1. Sifa nzuri za mtu humfanya kutambulikana na wengi.
  2. Wanafunzi wote shuleni walifuata mienendo ya Mwamba.
  3. Viwango vya usafi shuleni viliimarishwa na Mwamba.
  4. Vipaji vya Mwamba vilikuzwa na wenzake wakiwa shuleni.     Aya ya pili imebainisha kwamba:
  5. Mpango wa Mwamba wa kutoa mafunzo ya ziada uliwavutia wote shuleni.
  6. Kufanya jambo kwa pamoja shuleni kulileta mafanikio kwa Mwamba na wenzake.
  7. Mwamba alikuwa na uwezo wa kufahamu yote yaliyofunzwa shuleni kwa wepesi.
  8. Kustaajabia ujuzi wa Mwamba kuliwafanya wanafunzi wote wam- heshimu zaidi.
  9. Chagua jibu lisilo sahihi’ kwa mujibu wa aya ya tatu:

Ushindi wa timu ya soka ya shule ya Maarifa

  1. uliwapa wachezaji nafasi ya kukuza vipawa vyao.
  2. uliwawezesha wachezaji kutambuliwa katika kiwango cha gatuzi lao.
  3. ulifanya shule ya Maarifa kujulikana na wengi.
  4. ulitegemea ustadi wa soka aliokuwa nao Mwamba pekee.     Kifungu kimebainisha kwamba:
  5. Matumaini ya mtu maishani huchangia kufanikiwa kwake.
  6. Uongozi hutegemea idadi ya talanta alizonazo mtu.
  7. Kutambua talanta moja mapema kunamwezesha mtu kuwasaidia wengine kuzua vipaji vyao.
  8. Kuvuma kwa shule ya Maarifa kulito- kana na nyimbo za bendi yake.          Chagua jibu sahihi kwa mujibu wa aya ya nne:
  9. Kila mwaka, Mwamba na wenzake walishirikiana kutambua vipaji vyao.
  10. Vyombo vya habari viliongezea mapato yake kutokana na nyimbo za Mwamba.
  11. Walimu wana jukumu la kuweka msingi mzuri kukuza vipaji vya vijana.
  12. Kualikwa kwa wanabendi studioni kulitegemea vifaa vingi vya muziki walivyonunua.
  13. Mwamba ni mfano bora kwa wenzake kwa kuwa:
    1. Walifuata matendo yake mema.
    2. Walijiunga na bendi ya shule.
    3. Alialikwa kwenye vituo vya habari.
    4. Alihifadhi fedha alizopata kutokana na muziki.
  14. Lipi si jibu sahihi kulingana na aya ya mwisho.

Kufaulu masomoni kunategemea:

  1. Matumizi ya muda wetu.
  2. Mazingira ambayo tumelelewa.
  3. Maamuzi tunayofanya kuhusu elimu yetu.
  4. Mawaidha tunayopata kutoka kwa wenzetu.
  1. Chagua mfuatano sahihi wa matukio yafuatayo kulingana na kifungu.

i.Mwamba kupokea tuzo.

ii.Mwamba kujiunga na bendi ya muziki.

iii.Nyimbo za Mwamba kuvuma. iv.Mwamba kujiunga na timu ya soka.

  1. Nyimbo za Mwamba kuchezwa kwenye vituo vya habari.
    1. (ii) (iii) (v) (iv) (i)
    2. (iv) (iii) (v) (ii) (i)
    3. (ii) (iv) (i) (iii) (v)
    4. (iv) (i) (ii) (iii) (v)
  2. . Kauli, ‘akili yake ilikuwa kama sumaku’ imetumia tamathali gani ya usemi? sitiari
    1. tashbihi
    2. nahau
    3. chuku
  3. Hotuba ya Mwamba hupigiwa debe shuleni mwetu hadi leo ina maana kuwa:
    1. Inasisitizwa kila wakati.
    2. Inashangiliwa mara nyingi.
    3. Inafurahiwa na wote shuleni.
    4. Inafundishwa katika kila darasa.

EXPECTED QUESTIONS IN KCPE 2023

KISWAHILI: SEHEMU BINSHA

Kila mtahiniwa amepewa dakika 40 kwa kila swali kuandika insha ya kusisimua

 

  1. ……….kwa kweli hiyo iliwuwa ni ndoto ya ajabu. (Alama 40)

 

  1. Mwandikie rafiki yako barua ukimwelezea ubora wa utunzaji wa mazingira. Insha yako

isipungue ukurasa mmoja na nusu.                                                                      (Alama 40)

 

  1. ……..Hakika, mtu anapofanya bidi katika jambo lolote hufanikiwa. Mgaagaa na upwa

hali wali mkavu.                                                                                                  (Alama 40) 

  1. Wewe ni mmojawapo wa wanafunzi wa darasa la nane shuleni mwako. Andika hotuba utakayowatolea wanafunzi wengine shuleni kuhusu jinsi ya kuimarisha matokeo yao

katika mithihani.                                                                                                  (Alama 40) 

  1. Wachezaji wat imu zote waliingia uwanjani…………….. (Alama 40)

 

  1. …………….Ni vizuri tuachane na mila ambazo zimwepitwa na wakati. (Alama 40)

 

  1. Ilikuwa siku ya Ijumaa asubuhi na tulikuwa tunaendelea na somo la hisabati. Mara

tukasiskia mayowe kutoka……….                                                                      (Alama 40)

 

  1. …………..Siku hiyo nilielekea nyumbani huku nikielewa kuwa maisha yangu

yangebadilika kabisa.                                                                                          (Alama 40) 

  1. Kuna njia nyingi ambazo vijana wanaweza kutumia kujipatia riziki badala ya kutegemea kazi za ajira pekee……………………. (Alama 40)

 

  1. ………………….nilitanabahi kuwa dawa za kulevya huleta hasara mingi mno.

                                                                                                                             (Alama 40)  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

PRINT ATLEAST 3 PAGES OF WRITING SPACE FOR EACH COMPOSITION QUESTION.

EXPECTED QUESTIONS IN KCPE 2023

KISWAHILI: SEHEMU BINSHA

Kila mtahiniwa amepewa dakika 40 kwa kila swali kuandika insha ya kusisimua

 

  1. ……….kwa kweli hiyo iliwuwa ni ndoto ya ajabu. (Alama 40)

 

  1. Mwandikie rafiki yako barua ukimwelezea ubora wa utunzaji wa mazingira. Insha yako

isipungue ukurasa mmoja na nusu.                                                                      (Alama 40)

 

  1. ……..Hakika, mtu anapofanya bidi katika jambo lolote hufanikiwa. Mgaagaa na upwa

hali wali mkavu.                                                                                                  (Alama 40) 

  1. Wewe ni mmojawapo wa wanafunzi wa darasa la nane shuleni mwako. Andika hotuba utakayowatolea wanafunzi wengine shuleni kuhusu jinsi ya kuimarisha matokeo yao

katika mithihani.                                                                                                  (Alama 40) 

  1. Wachezaji wat imu zote waliingia uwanjani…………….. (Alama 40)

 

  1. …………….Ni vizuri tuachane na mila ambazo zimwepitwa na wakati. (Alama 40)

 

  1. Ilikuwa siku ya Ijumaa asubuhi na tulikuwa tunaendelea na somo la hisabati. Mara

tukasiskia mayowe kutoka……….                                                                      (Alama 40)

 

  1. …………..Siku hiyo nilielekea nyumbani huku nikielewa kuwa maisha yangu

yangebadilika kabisa.                                                                                          (Alama 40) 

  1. Kuna njia nyingi ambazo vijana wanaweza kutumia kujipatia riziki badala ya kutegemea kazi za ajira pekee……………………. (Alama 40)

 

  1. ………………….nilitanabahi kuwa dawa za kulevya huleta hasara mingi mno.

                                                                                                                             (Alama 40)  ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………

PRINT ATLEAST 3 PAGES OF WRITING SPACE FOR EACH COMPOSITION QUESTION.

Grade 6 CBC Home Work, Assignments Free Downloads

Grade 6 CBC Home Work, Assignments Free Downloads

 

G6 SST ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 SCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 PHE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 MUSIC ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 MAT ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 KIS ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 IRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 HSCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 ENG ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 CRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 CA ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 AGRIC ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf

G6 SST ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 SCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 PHE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 MUSIC ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 MAT ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 KIS ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 IRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 HSCI ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 ENG ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 CRE ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 CA ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf
G6 AGRIC ET3 TOPICAL HOMEWORK.pdf

KCPE 2023 Commonly Tested Questions in Science

COMMONLY KCPE TESTED QUESTIONS

SCIENCE

200 PREICTION QUESTIONS

                                              Time: 2 Hours 30 Mins

 

  1. Which blood vessel carries pure blood rich in oxygen from the lungs to the heart?
  2. Which of the following pairs of drugs consists only of illegal drugs in Kenya?
    1. Bhang and mandrax
    2. Tobbaco and tea
    3. Coffee and alcohol
    4. Inhalants and miraa
  3. Which one of the following minerals works 6. hand in hand with platelets in clotting after an injury?
    1. Iron
    2. Calcium
    3. Phosphorus
    4. Vitamin D
  4. Which one of the following stages of HIV/ AIDS infection does one look health with no visible signs but tests positive?
    1. Incubation
    2. Window period
    3. Symptomatic
    4. Full blown AIDS
  5. Which one of the following is not a function of the placenta?
    1. Nourishes the embryo
    2. Produces hormones that maintain pregnancy
    3. Facilitates the transfer of wastes
    4. Lubricates the birth canal during birth
  6. Which one of the following sexually transmitted infections has a painless sore on the genitals as one of the signs?
    1. Syphilis
    2. Gonorrhoea
    3. Chancroid
    4. Genital herpes
  7. Which of the following is the main constituent of a balanced diet obtained by animals when they feed on rice husks?
    1. Carbohydrates
    2. Proteins
    3. Vitamins
    4. Mineral salts
  8. Which one of the following is not an example of rotational grazing?
    1. Strip
    2. Paddocking
    3. Tethering
    4. Zero grazing
  9. Which one of the following is the cheapest material for modelling the solar system?
    1. Clay
    2. Softboard
    3. Plasticine
    4. Pins
  10. The following are some uses of components of air:
    1. manufacturing of electric bulbs
    2. supports burning
  • manufacture of soft drinks
  1. germination of seeds
  2. putting out fire

Which of the uses are for carbondioxide?

  1. A certain lever when in use, can work with load, effort and pivot at different positions as shown in the diagrams below.

Which one of the following levers is described by the diagrams shown above?

  1. Wheelbarrow
  2. Spade
  3. Crow bar
  4. Claw hammer
  1. Which method of separating mixtures can be used to separate wheat flour from husks?
    1. Picking
    2. Filtering
    3. Sieving
    4. Winnowing
  2. In a food chain, which organisms should be the most abundant?
    1. Producers
    2. Tertiary consumers
    3. Primary consumers
    4. Secondary consumers
  3. The transfer of heat through solids and gases respectively is
  4. Which one of the following statements is not true about the solar system
    1. Mars is the fourth planet from the sun.
    2. Jupiter is the largest planet.
    3. We use glue to mount the planets to the orbit
    4. Venus is the brightest planet
  5. Materials which allow some light to pass through them but one cannot see them clearly are called
  6. The largest component of the environment on the surface of earth is 18.Which water bone disease can be controlled covering pit latrine after use?
  7. Which type of soil erosion can be prevented by mulching?
  8. Which one of the following is a natural source of light?
    1. Moon
    2. Torch
    3. Electricity
    4. Firefly
  9. A ruler placed slanting in water appears broken. This is because light
  10. The diagram below represents a set-up that can be used to demonstrate a certain aspect of heat.

After some time, the wax melted due to;

  1. Which one of the following crop pests attacks and destroys crops by drilling holes in stored grains?
    1. White ants
    2. Weevil
    3. Stalk borers
    4. Cutworms
  2. Which one of the following plants stores food in the same part of the plant as sugarcane?
    1. Carrot
    2. sweet potato
    3. Irish potatoes
    4. Cassava
  3. A bean seed stores food in the
  4. The following are characteristics of certain animals:
    1. body covered with scales
    2. lay eggs
    3. cold blooded
    4. breath through lungs

Which one of the following pairs of animal has all the characteristics listed?

  1. Turtle and shark
  2. Lizard and tortoise
  3. Tilapia and frog
  4. Crocodile
  1. Which one of the following is true about friction. Friction can be
    1. Increased by streamlining
    2. reduced by treading
    3. used to make work easier
    4. measured using a spring balance
  2. Which one of the following food stuffs constitutes a balanced diet?
    1. Potatoes, beans, eggs
    2. Chicken, cabbage, beans
    3. Rice, chapati, beans         Peas, ugali, spinach
  3. Repairing leaking taps specifically helps in
  4. Given below are descriptions of a certain stage of HIV infection
  5. lt lasts between 6 weeks to 12 years
  6. If a medical test is done, the presence of HIV are discovered in the sample of blood.
  • The infected person looks normal and healthy Can infect other people

Which stage of HIV is described above?

  1. Which one of the following is not a way of using water sparingly?
    1. Reusing domestic water for irrigation
    2. Use of drip irrigation
    3. Closing taps that are not in use
    4. Repairing leaking pipes
  2. Which one of the following food stuffs contain mainly fats?
    1. Milk
    2. Beans
  3. The following are characteristics of certain types of clouds
    1. white in colour
    2. appear like bundles of cotton
  • dark grey in colour          mountainous in shape

Which pair of features are for cumulus clouds?

  1. Which one of the following is not an effect of livestock diseases?
    1. Blood in the stool.
    2. Reduced yield.
    3. Low quality products.
  2. Which one of the following activities can be used to demonstrate sheet erosion pouring water?
    1. Different positions on a slanting surface
    2. In channels of soil on slanting surface
    3. On a flat surface soil
    4. On a flat surface using a tin with many holes
  3. Which one of the following pairs consists only of materials that are non-magnetic?
    1. Copper and aluminium
    2. Steel and zinc
    3. Silver and steel
    4. Iron and aluminium
  4. Which one of the following activities will make a bottle top that was floating to sink in water?
    1. Increasing the amount of water
    2. Raising the container with water
    3. Changing the water into another container
    4. Crushing the bottle top
  5. Which one of the following ways of improving soil fertility will take the longest time for plants to get nutrients using?
    1. Compost manure B. Compound fertilizer
    2. Farmyard manure D. Green manure
  6. Which type of soil easily drains water?
  7. Which one of the following is not a practice for maintaining simple tools?
    1. Oiling
    2. Using for the right purpose
    3. Sharpening
    4. Storing in a safe place
  8. Newton is a unit for measuring?
  9. Which one of the following consists only of sexually transmitted infections?
    1. Bilharzia and cholera
    2. Anaemia and malaria
    3. Syphilis and typhoid
    4. Gonorrhoea and syphilis
  10. Which one of the following is not a feature of plants that grow in wet areas?
    1. Feathery roots
    2. Floating flowers
    3. Deep roots D. Air sacs
  11. Which one of the following is not a characteristic of carnivores?
    1. Well spaced teeth
    2. Long and sharp canines
    3. Presence of carnassial teeth
    4. Presence of a diastema
  12. Corrugated iron sheets can be damaged when they come into contact with
  13. Which one of the following is a modern method of food preservation?
    1. Salting B. Smoking
    2. Use of honey
    3. Canning
  14. Which one of the following groups consists of only cash crops?
    1. Maize, tea, yams
    2. Coffee, tea, cocoa
    3. Banana, orange, carrot
    4. Coconut, maize, beans
  15. The purpose of using rollers to move a load is to
  16. The following are activities followed when making a simple beam balance but not in the correct order
    1. fix the stand to the base
    2. suspend the arm to find the balancing point
  • make the arm, stand and base
  1. suspend the tins using strings
  2. fix the arm to the stand

Which one of the following is the correct order of activities?

  1. (iii), (ii), (i), (v), (iv)
  2. (iii), (ii), (v), (iv), (i)
  3. (iii), (ii), (i), (iv), (v)
  1. Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?
    1. Dynamol
    2. Dry cells.
    3. Solar panel
    4. Torch
  2. All drugs below are NARCOTICS except
    1. khat B. bhang
    2. cocaine D. heroin
  3. Which one of the blood component below helps to stop bleeding after an injury? A.Red blood cells.
    1. White blood cells.
  4. The diagram below shows a mammalian heart.

Which blood vessel above carries oxygenated blood to the heart?

  1. The male sex cells in a human being are produced in the ___________________
  2. Which pair of small animals below belong to the same group as a spider? A.Tick and tsetse fly.
    1. Mite and crab.
    2. Ants and termites.
    3. Scorpion and mite.
  3. Excessive taking of alcohol causes a disease of the liver called:
  4. The diagram below shows a weather instrument.

Which statement is not correct about the above instrument? A.Its narrow end points where the wind blowing to.

  1. It measures the strength and direction of wind.
  2. It has black and white stripes.
  3. It can be made with pole, wire and a mosquito net.
  1. Which component of environment is found in all other components?
  2. The addictive element in cigarette is called:
  3. Digestion of cooked beans starts in the:
  4. Which statement below is true about immunization of the infants?
    1. DPT protects the child against diptheria polio and tetanus
    2. BCG is given at the age of birth and 9 months
    3. Anti-measles is given through injection
    4. Anti-polio is administered through an injection
  5. Which one of the following is not a social effect of drugs? A.Accidents.
    1. Impaired judgement.
  6. All the following are common communi- cable diseases which one is not?
    1. Tuberculosis
    2. Tetanus
    3. Malaria
    4. Typhoid

 

 

  1. Which one of the following is not an importance of HIV-testing? To A.Decide on marriage.
    1. Change behaviour.
    2. Campaign for HIV/AIDS spread.
    3. Plan for the dependant.
  2. Std 6 pupils did the experiment below to investigate a certain property of light.

The property of light investigated is: 66.The diagram below shows a flower

Which part above represents parts of a stamen?

  1. Which one of the food crops below represents cereals only?
    1. Oats, maize, peas
    2. Groundnuts, grams, peas
    3. Ovacado, sugarcane, maize
    4. Millets, sorghum, barley
  2. Beans seeds can germinate without, ___________________________
  3. Which drug is stimulant when abused in small amount and depresant when abused in large amount?
  4. The following are signs and symptoms of a certain water borne disease

i.fever ii.abdominal pains iii. skin rashes iv.     joint and muscle aches

The above diseases is likely to be:

  1. Which is the 4th and 6th planet in the solar system from the sun?
    1. Earth and Jupiter
    2. Mars and Jupiter
    3. Mars and Saturn
    4. Jupiter and Uranus
  2. Which of the following pair of methods of food preservation makes both modern and traditional methods of food preservation
    1. Drying and freezing
    2. Low temperature and drying
    3. Smoking and drying
    4. Salting and smoking
  3. Which one of the following is not a function of leaves of a green plant?
    1. Breathing
    2. Transpiration
    3. Absorption
    4. Photosynthesis
  4. Which one of the following is not a myth and misconception about HIV/AIDS?
    1. AIDS victims are always thin
    2. Sex with a virgin cares AIDS
    3. AIDS is a curse from God
    4. AIDS has no cure
  5. The type of soil erosion that can be prevented by building porous dams is the
  6. Which property of soil determines the rate of drainage in soil?
  7. Which lever below has the effort between load and fulcrum?
    1. Fishing rod
    2. Wheelbarrow
    3. Claw hammer
    4. Bottle opener
  8. Which one of the following is not a function of all leaves in green plants?
    1. Making food
    2. Losing excess water
    3. Exchange of gases
    4. Food storage
  9. After fertilization in a female the implan- tation takes place in the:
  10. Which stage of HIV infection does the patient test negative but can infect others?
  11. The type of teeth used for tearing off meat also:
    1. have rough tops
    2. are sharp pointed C.have two roots

D.are chisel-shaped

  1. A brightly coloured flower
    1. has feathery stigma
    2. produces light pollen grains C. are small in size
    3. has few heavy pollen grains
  2. A mixture of salt and sand can be separated by
  3. The force that resists motion is measured in
  4. Which one of the following shows correctly the excretory organ and the wastes excreted

Organ wastes

  1. Skin water,urea,carbondioxide
  2. Kidney water, salt,carbondioxide
  3. Lungs carbon dioxide,water,salt
  4. Kidneys water,urea,salt
  1. Which one of the following is not a use of water in the industries? A.Making fountains.
    1. Cleaning coffee berries.
    2. Cooling machines.
  2. Which one of the following is correct about bat, frog and snake?
    1. They have scales
    2. They lay eggs
    3. Have varying body temperature
    4. Breath through lungs.
  3. Boat racing is a use of water in
  4. Which one of the following is not true about the concentrates as animal feeds?
    1. Contains high nutrient contents
    2. Have high moisture content
    3. Supplement other feeds
    4. Are generally bought from shops
  5. The following are uses of heat except
    1. ironing
    2. cooking
    3. keeping pests away
    4. drying
  6. Which one of the following is the BEST method of controlling weeds in a nursery bed
    1. Digging out
    2. Using chemicals
    3. Uprooting
    4. Slashing
  7. Which group of material below does not allow the light to pass thorugh?
    1. Mirror, titnted glass, milk
    2. Air, dirty water, stone
    3. Skylight, oiled paper, frosted glass
    4. Mirror, milk, dirty water.
  8. Which type of weed has very strong smell and can be used as a pesticide?
  9. In a human breathing system when the diaphragm flattens:
  10. Which of ,the followinig physical changes in adolescence tatakes place in boys only?
    1. Increase in weight and height
    2. wet dreams
    3. produce sex cells
    4. hips broadens
  11. Which group of plants below are green non-flowering plants only?
    1. Pine, sugarcane, cactus
    2. Yeast, mould, mushrooms
    3. Cider, algae, ferns
    4. Banana,sugarcane,grass
  12. Wires of the same material and thickness but of different lengths labelled R,T, S and M were fixed on a wooden plunk as shown below.

Which wire produced the highest sound when plucked?

  1. What is the main use of fibre in the diet
  2. When soil is strongly burnt in a tin to produce smoke, it shows that soil
  3. Which two forms of energy requires a medium to be transferred from one point to the other?
  4. Which one of the following is not a necessary condition for seeds to germinate? A.Moisture.
  5. The pests that burrow in the maize plant while it is growing are
  6. Which one of the following is the best method for Lucy to use to control weeds on a very small piece of land with vegetables? A.Using herbicides.
    1. Digging out.
    2. Burning them.
  7. The loudness or softness of sound is its
  8. When light moves from one medium to another, it A.bounces.
    1. is absorbed.
  9. The materials which allow some light to pass through improve privacy.
    1. enable one to see clearly.
    2. are said to be transparent.
    3. are used to make car windscreens.
  10. In order to increase the rate at which a substance dissolves in a solvent, one shouldn’t
  11. Which statement below does not describe cumulus clouds? They A.are dark grey in colour.
    1. are white and cotton like.
    2. form high in the sky.
    3. have a flat base.
  12. Which substance below has a definite mass but no definite shape? A.Flour.
    1. Office glue.
  13. The diagram below shows the composition of air.

The part which makes bulbs glow without blowing is labelled

  1. The vaccines given to a baby at birth prevents them against
  2. Which one of the following is not a reason for preserving food? To avoid wastage of the food.
    1. sell the food when prices are favourable.
    2. consume the food when nutrients are plenty.
    3. keep the food for future use.
  3. Which one of the following human intestinal worms can one get by eating raw meat?
  4. Which one of the following methods of preserving food is modern? A.Smoking.
    1. Using honey.
  5. Which of thee following sets of foodstuffs is suitable for a child suffering from marasmus?
    1. Apples, eggs, oranges, meat.
    2. Beans, kales, mangoes, sweet potatoes.
    3. Rice, bananas, maize, cabbage.
    4. Sausages, potatoes, chicken, cooked bananas.
  6. Which one of the following is not an effect of heat on matter? A.Expansion.
  7. The following are activities that take place during breathing:
  8. Volume of the chest cavity decreases. ii. Ribs move upwards and outwards.
    • Lungs shrink.
  1. The diaphragm muscles relax.

Which of the activities take place during breathing out?

  1. The diagram below shows the approximate percentages of the gases that make up air.

Which one of the following processes does not require the part labelled L? A.Combustion.

  1. Making plant food.
  1. When the arrow head of a windvane points to the south, it shows that wind is the blowing from
  2. Which one of the following levers has the position of the load between the effort and the fulcrum when in use?
    1. Claw hammer.
  3. Which one of the following statements is not correct about liquids?
    1. Some liquids expand when frozen.
    2. Liquids contract when heated.
    3. Liquids expand when heated.
    4. Liquids expand more than solids when heated.
  4. Which one of the following is not a way or reducing the force that opposes motion?
    1. Making treads.
    2. Using rollers.
    3. Using grease and lubricating oil.
  5. Which of the pairs below shows major non-living components of the environment?
    1. Light and sound.
    2. Animals and plants.
    3. Air and water.
    4. Soil and heat.
  6. Which one of the following is not a source of electric current?
    1. Car battery.
    2. Water fall.
    3. Wind turbines. 125.Weeds should be
  7. Which of the following animals are kept mainly for mutton production?
    1. Sheep and pigs.
    2. Goats and sheep.
    3. Cattle and camels.
    4. Goats and camels.
  8. Which one of the following is not a method of rotational grazing?
    1. Zero grazing.
    2. Paddocking
    3. Strip grazing.
  9. The most appropriate method of controlling the type of erosion commonly experienced along the roofs is
  10. Which small animals below is not classified in the same group as spider?
    1. Mite
    2. Scorpion
    3. Tick
    4. Crab
  11. Which one of the following is the function of fibre in the diet? Fibre
    1. helps in digestion of food.
    2. adds more nutrients to the body.
    3. helps in the removal of undigested food.
    4. helps in absorption of digested food.
  12. Which one of the following is not likely to increase the pressure of a liquid in a container?
    1. Increasing the amount of liquid.
    2. Reducing the diameter of the container.
    3. Using a narrow container.
    4. Raising the container.
  13. Which one of the following plants does not manufacture its own food?
  14. The following are the processes of germination of a seed but not in order:
  15. Emergence of the plumule. ii.  Absorption of water and air.
    • Bursting of the testa.
  1. Emergence of the radicle.

Which one of the following is the correct order?

  1. Which one of the following pairs of diseases can be controlled through draining away stagnant water?
    1. Bilharzia and malaria.
    2. Bilharzia and typhoid.
    3. Cholera and typhoid.
    4. Cholera and malaria.
  2. Which one of the following is a way of controlling the spread of HIV/AIDS among the youth?

A.Using condoms.

  1. Sticking to one faithful uninfected partner.
  2. Creating awareness.
  1. In which of the following is the force of friction least needed? A.Closing the door.
    1. Walking downhill.
    2. Writing on the chalkboard.
    3. Stopping a speeding motor cycle.
  2. Which one of the following groups has animals with similar characteristics?
    1. Beetle, scorpion, ant.
    2. Mite, wasp, spider.
    3. Termite, tick, grasshopper
    4. Wasp, ant, housefly
  3. Which one of the following methods of soil conservation can be used effectively to control the type of sail erosion shown below?

A.Mulching

  1. Contour farming
  2. Terracing
  3. over cropping
  1. Which of the following prevents a baby from shock and bumps? A.Umbilical cord.
    1. Amniotic sac.
    2. Amniotic fluid.
  2. Which of the following components is found in all environments?
  3. Which one of the following does not lead to air pollution?
    1. Smoking bhang in public.
    2. Spraying farm chemicals and aerosols.
    3. Vehicle exhaust fumes.
    4. Use of excessive fertilizers.
  4. Which of the following statements is not correct about separation of mixtures?
    1. Picking is used to separate big solid particles.
    2. Winnowing is suitable for separating a mixture of light and heavy solid particles.
    3. Sieving separates a mixture of small and large solid particles.
    4. A mixture of magnetic materials can be separated using a magnet.
  5. Which one of the following is an effect of excessive use of fertilizer as a water pollutant?

A.Excessive growth of water weeds

  1. Water-borne diseases
  2. Suffocation of water animals
  3. Increase of water animals
  1. Which one of the following mammals does not give birth to a live young one? A.Whale.
    1. Nile perch.
  2. Repairing leaking taps specifically helps in

A.re-using water well

B.harvesting rain water

C.using water sparingly

  1. A metallic nail sinks in water while a metallic ship floats on water. This is due to the difference in
  2. Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?
    1. Dynamol
    2. Dry cells.
    3. Solar panel
    4. Torch
  3. Which statement about vertebrates is correct?

A.Fish and amphibians are warm blooded.

B.Mammals and birds give birth to live young ones.

C.Reptiles and birds have internal fertilization.

D.Fish and birds have external fertilization.

 

 

 

  1. Which pair of blood vessels is correctly matched with the nature of blood in it?
   Deoxygenated   Oxygenated
 A.   Aorta  venacava
 B.  Venacava  pulmonary artery
 C.  Pulmonary artery  aorta
 D.  Pulmonary vein  aorta

 

  1. During a science lesson pupils setup the experiment as shown below to investigate factor that affect sinking and flowing.

Both material floated because of their

  1. When breathing in;
  2. An empty metallic ship floats on water because of
  3. The blood vessels that carries blood from the lungs to the heart and from the heart to the body respectively are
  4. In the female reproductive system, a zygote is formed in the
  5. Which one of the following vaccines is administered at birth?
    1. BCG
    2. Anti-measles
    3. DPT
    4. Anti-malaria
  6. Which one of the following animals does not breast feed its young ones?
    1. Whale
    2. Bat
    3. Shark
    4. Seal
  7. The windvane below was made by pupils using materials found in their school.

Which one of the following statements is incorrect about the instrument above? A.It shows the wind direction.

  1. The arrow head should be small than the tail.
  2. It should be place away from buildings.
  3. Its arrowhead points the direction where the wind is blowing to.
  1. Which one of the following livestock parasites attacks the livestock without living on it?
    1. Tick
    2. Tsetse fly
    3. Flea
    4. Mite
  2. Which type of teeth below is incorrectly matched with its function?
    1. Canine – cutting
    2. Incisors – biting
    3. Premolar – chewing
    4. Molar – grinding
  3. What is cross pollination?
  4. Which one of the following explains the function of white blood cells? A.Combine with oxygen.
    1. Fight the disease causing germs.
    2. Carry digested food materials.
    3. Clothing the blood.
  5. Which animals provides mutton and dairy?
  6. Children born to a smoking mother during pregnancy are least likely to be
  7. Which one of the process following takes place immediately after sperms cell and ovum unite?
    1. Fertilization
    2. Ovulation
    3. Implantation Menstruation 165.    The chart below shows the classification of plants.

Which one of the following correctly shows the plant represented by letters M, N, and P?

  M N P
A  Maize  Ferns  Cypress
B Lichen  Algae Mushroom
C  Beans Cactus  Puff balls
D Acacia Cedar Toadstool
  1. Which one of the following shows major non-living components of environment? A.Animals, plants.
    1. Sound, light, heat.
    2. Soil, stones, plants.
    3. Soil, air, water.
  2. The most effective method of controlling the spread of HIVIAIDS among the youth is by
  3. Miraa, tobacco and alcohol have one thing in common which one is it? They are
  4. Which one of the following does not show how plants and animals depend on each other?

A.Animals getting shade B.Birds sheltering on trees.

  1. Animals getting carbon dioxide from green plants.
  1. The diagram below shows an improvised simple liquid thermometer.

Which one of the following would make it measure slight changes in temperature? A.Tightening the cork.

  1. Making the straw and small narrower.
  2. Raising the temperature.
  3. Adding more coloured water.
  1. In a food chain, cabbages can be classified under
  2. When carrying out an experiment on drainage in soil, what does not need to be the same?
  3. The illustration below shows the changes of states in matter.

Liquid Which two processes require an increase in temperature?

  1. Heat from the sun reaches the leaves of the plants through a process called
  2. Below are characteristics of matter,

i.Definite shape. ii.Definite size. iii.Definite mass.

Which one of the above best describe paraffin?

  1. The second and seventh planets in the solar system respectively are:
  2. Wires of the same material and thickness but of different lengths labelled R,T, S and M were fixed on a wooden plunk as shown below.

Which wire produced the highest sound when plucked?

  1. Which one of the following is not a function of leaves of a green plant?

A.Breathing

B.Transpiration

C.Absorption

D.Photosynthesis

  1. Which one of the following is not a cereal crop?
    1. Maize
    2. Oats
    3. Beans
    4. Sorghum
  2. Which crop pest below is not correctly matched with the part of the plant it attacks?

A.Aphids – All kinds of grains

B.Weaver birds – Grains of cereals

C.Stalk borers – Inside of the stems

D.Cut worms – Stem of young plants.

  1. Weeds should be
  2. Which parts of a flower makes the male parts?
  3. Which one of the following weeds has thorns and green fruits which turn yellow when ripe?

A.Oxalis

B.Sódom apple

C.Wondering jew

D.Black jack

  1. Which one of the following is not an effect of livestock diseases? A.Blood in the stool.

B.Reduced yield.

C.Low quality products.

D.Death.

  1. Which small animals below is not classified in the same group as spider?

A.Mite

B.Scorpion

C.Tick

D.Crab

  1. Which one of the following is not a use of water in the industries? A.Making fountains.
  2. Cleaning coffee berries.

C.Cooling machines.

D.Irrigation.

  1. When fertilizer is used excessively to improve the quality of the soil, it may lead to
  2. Sheet erosion can be controlled by
  3. What is the importance of adding manure when preparing compost manure? 190. Which one of the following methods of food preservation dehydrates food?

A.Canning

B.Freezing

C.Use of low temperature

D.Drying.

  1. Which one of the following is the BEST method of controlling weeds in a nursery bed

A.Digging out

B.Using chemicals

C.Uprooting

D.Slashing

  1. During a class experiment, pupils mixed all the liquids below in one glass bottle.
  2. Water F. Milk
    1. Kerosene
    2. Cooking oil

How many layers were formed after mixing?

  1. Which one of the following is the most effective methods of separating a mixture of insoluble solid from liquid?

A.Filtering

B.Winnowing

C.Sieving

D.Decantation

  1. Below is a pie chart that shows different air components in their relative amounts

Which one of the following is NOT function of the part of the air labelled Z on the pie chart?

A.Supporting burning

B.Good for photosynthesis

C.Preserves soft drinks

D.Making fire extinguishers

  1. The soil that holds the least amount of water

A.has the highest capillarity

B.makes the longest ribbons

C.has the largest air spaces

D.is sticky when wet.

  1. The force that opposes movement is measured using
  2. Which one of the following methods of soil conservation can be used effectively to control the type of sail erosion shown below?

A.Mulching

B.Contour farming

C.Terracing

D.Cover cropping

  1. Which one of the following is not a source of electricity?

A.Dynamol

B.Dry cells.

C.Solar panel

D.Torch

  1. During a science lesson pupils setup the experiment as shown below to investigate factor that affect sinking and flowing.

Both material floated because of their 200.  What is convection?

 

 

CLASS 7 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3

Mathematics schemes of work for standard __7____TERM___1____YEAR________

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES
1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

1 PRE-NUMBERS  Place value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the place value of a given numbers

 

-Grouping

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc

-place value chart

PM PB7 Pg2

TG 7Pg1

NPM PB7 Pg3

TG b7Pg2

2 Total value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify total value of a given number -Grouping objects

– arranging

-Labelling and matching objects according to common features.

place value chart PM PB7 Pg4

TG 7Pg3

NPM PB7 Pg6

TG b7Pg4

3 Reading numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and write numbers in words and in symbols — Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-reading

place value chart PM PB7 Pg7

TG 7Pg4

NPM PB7 Pg8

TG b7Pg5

4 Writing numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and write numbers in words and in symbols — Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-writing

place value chart+ PM PB7 Pg7

TG 7Pg4

NPM PB7 Pg8

TG b7Pg4

5 Squares of  numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out squares of numbers

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB7 Pg8

TG 7Pg5

NPM PB7 Pg8

TG b7Pg5

6 Square roots of numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout the square root of numbers

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB7 Pg8

TG 7Pg5

NPM PB7 Pg9

TG b7Pg6

7 Square and square root of numbers By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out square numbers and square root of perfect squares

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

PM PB7 Pg8

TG 7Pg5

NPM PB7 Pg8

TG b7Pg5

3 1 Divisibility test for 11 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to determine numbers divisible by eleven – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Divide

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size PM PB7 Pg7

TG 7Pg7

NPM PB7 Pg8

TG b7Pg5

2 Divisibility test By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out a problem involving divisibility test of eleven

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Divide

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

leaves, etc.

PM PB7 Pg7

TG 7Pg6

NPM PB7 Pg8

TG b7Pg6

3 Fractions Square of fractions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out square of fraction

 

•  Identifying

•  Matching

• Comparing- Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

Leaves, etc.

PM PB7 Pg10

TG 7Pg8

NPM PB7 Pg12

TG b7Pg 7

4 Square root of fractions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout square root of a fraction – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chart PM PB7 Pg11

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg12

TG b7Pg7

5 Perfect squares By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out squawroot of fraction involving perfect squares – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chart PM PB7 Pg11

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg12

TG b7Pg8

6 Decimals Place value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify place value of digits in decimals – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart PM PB7 Pg12

TG 7Pg9

NPM PB7 Pg14

TG b7Pg11

7 Total value By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify total  value of digits in decimals – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart PM PB7 Pg12

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 16Pg14

TG b7Pg

4 1 Conversion of decimal to fraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert non-recurring decimal to fraction – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Conversion

place value chart PM PB7 Pg15

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg18

TG b7Pg

2 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction to  decimal

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart PM PB7 Pg17

TG 7Pg13

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg20

3 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction to  decimal involving non-recurring and recurring decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart PM PB7 Pg22

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg32

TG b7Pg22

4 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out  square of decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart PM PB7 Pg25

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out square root of decimals involving perfect squares

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

place value chart PM PB7 Pg30

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg34

TG b7Pg

6 Percentages Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert percentage into fraction

 

– Explanation

-Conversion

-demonstration

-Discussion

Conversion chart

Chalk board layout

PM PB7 Pg34

TG 7Pg27

NPM PB7 Pg35

TG b7Pg

7 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert fraction into percentage. – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg37

TG 7Pg27

NPM PB7 Pg38

TG b7Pg

5 1 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be convert decimal into percentage

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg40

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg45

TG b7Pg

2 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert percentage into decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg42

TG 7Pg32

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

3 OPERATION Whole numbers

Addition

By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to add whole numbers by whole numbers correctly

 

– Explanation

-Addition

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg42

TG 7Pg32

NPM PB7 Pg46

TG b7Pg36

4 subtraction By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to subtract whole numbers by whole numbers correctly

 

– Explanation

-Subtraction

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg41

TG 7Pg33

NPM PB7 Pg47

TG b7Pg

5 Multiplication By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to multiply whole number by whole numbers correctly

 

– Explanation

-Multiplication

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg41

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg47

TG b7Pg36

6 Division By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to divide whole numbers by up to 3-digit numbers

 

– Explanation

-Division

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg42

TG 7Pg33

NPM PB7 Pg48

TG b7Pg36

7 Mixed exercise By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg42

TG 7Pg33

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

6 1 Combined operation By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out problems involving combined operation in whole numbers

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg43

TG 7Pg34

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg38

2 Number sequence By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to recognize and identify  number sequence involving whole numbers

 

– Explanation

-addition

-demonstration

-Discussion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg43

TG 7Pg33

NPM PB7 48Pg48

TG b7Pg

3 Fraction Addition By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out addition of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table PM PB7 Pg32-43

TG 7Pg23

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg22

4 Subtraction By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out subtraction of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout PM PB7 Pg38

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg36

TG b7Pg

5 Multiplication By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out multiplication of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-Multiplication

-Discussion

Place value table PM PB7 Pg37

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg38

TG b7Pg29

6 Division By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out division of fraction by fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Division

Chalkboard layout PM PB7 Pg42

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42

TG b7Pg29

7 Combined operation By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out combined operation involving fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

8 1 Number sequence By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out number sequence involving  fraction

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

2 Revision By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-revision

Place value table PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

3 Decimals Addition By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out addition involving decimal and decimals

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

4 Subtraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out subtraction involving decimal and decimals – Explanation

-subtraction

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

5 Multiplication By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out multiplication involving decimal and decimals – Explanation

-multiplication

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

6 Division By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out division  involving decimal and decimals – Explanation

-dividing

-demonstration

-Discussion

Chalkboard layout PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

7 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out combined operation involving decimal – Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

Place value table PM PB7 Pg33

TG 7Pg24

NPM PB7 Pg34

TG b7Pg

 

 

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES
9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

1 Percentage Percentage increase By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving percentage increase

 

— Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc PM PB7 Pg37

TG 7Pg26

NPM PB7 Pg36

TG b7Pg37

2 Percentage decrease By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving percentage decrease

 

– Explanation

-Working out

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Objects like tins, -books, pencils, -cups, pictures, etc PM PB7 Pg38

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg43

TG b7Pg26

3 Measurements Decimetre By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify decimetre (dm) as a unit of measuring length – Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

-measuring

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

PM PB7 Pg37

TG 7Pg26

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

4 Decametre By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify decametre (Dm) as a unit of measuring length -Identifying Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measuring

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

PM PB7 Pg43

TG 7Pg30

NPM PB7 Pg43

TG b7Pg45

5 Hectometre By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify hectometre (hm) as a unit of measuring length Identifying

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

3-6 Converting units of measurement By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to convert units of measurement from one to another

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

measurement

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

PM PB7 Pg37

TG 7Pg32

NPM PB7 Pg43

TG b7Pg

7 Perimeter By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out perimeter involving circles

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

PM PB7 Pg45

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

11 1 Perimeter of triangle By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out perimeter involving triangles Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size PM PB7 Pg45

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg44

TG b7Pg

2 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out perimeter involving quadrilateral

 

•  Identifying the texture of an Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion •  Matching objects according

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

leaves, etc.

PM PB7 Pg47

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg43

TG b7Pg34

3 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving units of length in real life

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

Leaves, etc.

PM PB7 Pg34

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg48

4 Area By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout the area of a circle Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB7 Pg48

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 49Pg47

TG b7Pg

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving area of a circle  using the formulae Explanation

-Working out

-Drawing

-Discussion

PM PB7 Pg49

TG 7Pg345

NPM PB7 Pg54

TG b7Pg

6 Trapezium By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  calculate the area of the of a trapezium Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

PM PB7 Pg52

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

7 Parallelogram By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to calculate the area  of parallelograms Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

PM PB7 Pg56

TG 7Pg45

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

12 1 Area of a border By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving area of a border Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

PM PB7 Pg99-110

TG 7Pg67-77

NPM PB7 Pg107-114

TG b7Pg70-75

2 Combined shape By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving area combined shape Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

PM PB7 Pg99-110

TG 7Pg67-77

NPM PB7 Pg107-114

TG b7Pg70-75

3 Surface area of cuboids By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving surface area of cuboids Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

PM PB7 Pg99-110

TG 7Pg67-77

NPM PB7 Pg107-114

TG b7Pg70-75

4 Surface area of cylinder By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving surface area of cylinders Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

PM PB7 Pg99-110

TG 7Pg67-77

NPM PB7 Pg107-114

TG b7Pg70-75

5 Revisions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

6 Revisions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

7 Revisions By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

13 1 Revisions Revisions By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to revise and answer question of the work covered in the term

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

Revision

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

2
3
4
5
6
7
14 1 Examinations By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to revise and answer question of the work

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

 

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

2
3
4
5
6
7

 

Mathematic schemes of work for standard __7____TERM___2____YEAR________

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES
1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

1 Volume   Cross section By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the cross-section are of a regular solid

 

Explanation

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

2 Volume of cubes By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out volume of cubes -Working out

Explanation

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring ring

-Objects like tins, -books, pencils, -cups, pictures, etc PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

3 Volume of cuboids By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out volume of cuboids Explanation

Measuring

Working out

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

4 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out volume of cylinder through pilling -Working out Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out volume of cylinder using the formulae Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

6 Capacity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving capacity of cubes

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

7 Capacity of cuboids By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving capacity of cuboids

 

Identifying sizes of objects.

group objects according to size

Matching objects according to size

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

3 1 Capacity cylinder By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving capacity of cylinders

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

2 Capacity and volume By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify the relationship between capacity and volume

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

leaves, etc.

PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

3 Mass Mass in

Grams

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving mass in grams

 

•  Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

Leaves, etc.

 

PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

4 Kilograms By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving mass in kilograms

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Travel tables PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

5 Tonnes By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving mass in tonnes

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

-measuring

Travel tables PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

6 Money Discount By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving discounts

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Travel tables PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

7 Percentage discount By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving percentage discount

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Scale PM PB7 Pg1102-122

TG 7Pg70-80

NPM PB7 100Pg120

TG b7Pg76-79

4 1 Commission By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving commission  Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

2 Percentage commission By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving percentage commission

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

3 Simple interest By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving simple interest

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

4 Simple interest By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving simple interest

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

5 Hire purchase By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving hire purchase

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

6 Hire purchase By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving hire purchase

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

7 bills By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving bills in buying and selling

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-calculating

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

5 1 Bills By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving bills in buying and selling

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Bill

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

2 Postal charges Inland postal charges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving inland postal charges

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Postal order

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

3 International postal charges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving international postal charges

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

4 International postal charges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving international postal charges

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

5 Money order By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving money order

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Money order

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

6 Postal orders By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving postal orders

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

7 Telegram By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to write a telegram

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

6 1 Telegram By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving telegrams

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

telegram

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

2 Time and speed Time By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving time

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

3 Air flight By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving air flight

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Travel tables

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

4 Fare tables By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving bus fare tables

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Travel tables

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

5 Fare tables By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving train fare ,time and distance tables

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Travel tables

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

6 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving converting units of speed

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

conversion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

7 T Conversion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to workout problems involving converting units of speed

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

conversion

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

8 1 Temperature Direct comparison By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to compare temperature using hotter, warmer, colder and same as

 

Comparing

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

thermometer

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

2 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

3 Degree Celsius (oC) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify degree Celsius as a unit of measuring temperature

 

Explanation

-Working out

-Answering

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

4 Geometry Parallel line By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify angles properties of parallel line Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Wood cutting

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg36-45

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify angles properties of quadrilateral Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

6 Transversal By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out division  involving angle properties of a parallel lines  Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table

Drawing on a chart

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

7 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a right angled triangle using a ruler and a pair of compasses Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Multiplication table PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

 

 

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES
9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

1 Percentage Construction of triangle By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  an isosceles triangle using a ruler and a pair of compasses – Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

2 Construction of triangle By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a equilateral triangle using a ruler and a pair of compasses Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

-Objects like tins, -books, pencils, -cups, pictures, etc PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

3 Circumscribe By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to construct  a circles passing through vertices using a ruler and a pair of compasses — Explanation

-Working out

-Construction

-Discussion

Demonstration

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

4 Pythagorean relationship By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify Pythagorean relation ship – Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognise and identify Pythagorean relation ship – Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-Discussion

Demonstration

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

P PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

3-6 Model By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make a model of a cube

 

Identifying shapes of objects

Matching objects according to

shapes

 

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

PM PB7 Pg46
7 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make a model of a cuboids

 

Identifying sizes of objects.

group objects according to size

Matching objects according to size

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

TG 7Pg38
11 1 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make a model of a cylinder

 

Identifying sizes of objects.

group objects according to size

Matching objects according to size

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

2 Pattern s By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make pattern using rectangles

 

•  Identifying the texture of an object as rough and smooth

Grouping things

According to texture.

object as rough or smooth

•  Matching objects according

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

leaves, etc.

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45Pg

TG b7Pg

3 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to make pattern using triangles 

 

•  Identifying the texture of an object as rough and smooth

object as rough or smooth

•  Matching objects according

texture

• Comparing the texture of objects.

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

Leaves, etc.

 

PM PB7 Pg46-65

TG 7Pg38-44

NPM PB7 Pg42-67

TG b7Pg 36-45

4 Algebra Forming By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form a simple algebraic equation

 

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form a simple algebraic equation

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

6 Simplifying  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to simplify an algebraic equation Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

7 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to simplify an algebraic equation Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg49-50

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

12 1 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to revise and answer question of the work covered in the term

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg40-50

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

2
3
4
5
6
7
13 1 Revisions By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to revise and answer question of the work covered in the term

 

Explanation

-Working out

-revision

 

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

2
3
4
5
6
7
14 1 Examinations By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to revise and answer question of the work

Explanation

-Working out

-answering

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

2
3
4
5
6
7

 

Mathematic schemes of work for standard __7____TERM___3____YEAR________

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES
1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

1 Algebra   Form and Simplifying  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form and simplify an algebraic equation -Grouping objects

-Naming objects

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

-Objects like tins, books, pencils, cups, pictures, etc Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

2 Substitution By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out the value of algebraic equation through substitution -Grouping objects

– arranging

– Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

-Objects like tins, -books, pencils, -cups, pictures, etc Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

3 Substitution By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out the value of algebraic equation through substitution – Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

4 Solving By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form and solve  algebraic expression with one unknown Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Coloured Manila cards

(squares, triangles,  circles),

books, beads,

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to form and solve  algebraic expression with one unknown Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

Pg50-64

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg42-60

TG b7Pg40-51

6 Simplifying in equalities By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to simplify inequality with one unknown

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Rectangles, circles, triangles

of different sizes and

colours

 

Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

7 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to simplify inequality with one unknown

 

Explanation

-Working out

-solving equation

-simplifying

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size

 

Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

3 1 Tables and graphs Linear Scale By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to determine the appropriate scale for the graphs Identifying linear scale

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Objects like  tins, books, bottles, pictures, of different size Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

2 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to determine the appropriate scale for the graphs •  Identifying the texture of an object as rough and smooth

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

leaves, etc.

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

3 Interpreting tables By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret tables in real life situation

 

•  Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Objects that have smooth or rough texture like wood,

paper, glass, soil, mirror,

Leaves, etc.

 

Pg150-164
4 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret tables in real life situation

 

Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

TG 7Pg
5 Bar graph By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to represent data on a bar graph Explanation

-drawing

Representing data

NPM PB7 Pg142-160
6 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to interpreting data on  a graph -Discussion

-interpreting data

-drawing

TG b7Pg94-96
7 Pie chart By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to represent data on a pie chart -Working out

-representing data

Drawing pie chart

Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

4 1 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to interpret data on a pie chart  -Conversion

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing pie chart

Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

2 Travel graph By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret data on  a travel graph  Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

3 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

 Present  data on a travel graph 

– Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg

TG b7Pg

4 Line graph By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to read and interpret data on  a line graph  – Explanation

-Working out

-representing data

Drawing graph

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

 Present  data on a line graph 

-Explanation

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Working out

 

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

6 Arithmetic mean By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving arithmetic mean

 

Explanation

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Working out

 

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

7 The mode By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving arithmetic mode  -Explanation

-demonstration

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

5 1 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving arithmetic mean and mode in real life situation

 

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

-Observation

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

2 Scale drawing Linear scale in ratio form By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to read and write linear scale in ratio form 

 

-Explanation

-Discussion

-drawing

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

3 Conversion By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert linier scale from statement to ratio form

 

Explanation

-Discussion

-Demonstration

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

4 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert linier scale from ratio form to statement

 

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Demonstration

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

5 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to convert linier scale from statement to ratio form and vice versa

 

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg150-164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142-160

TG b7Pg94-96

6 Making scale drawing By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to make a scale drawing

 

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg162

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg142

TG b7Pg

7 . By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out problems involving scale drawing

 

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

-Observation

PM PB7 Pg143

TG 7Pg97

NPM PB7 Pg143

TG b7Pg95

7 1 Mixed exercise By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-answering

PM PB7 Pg162

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg97

2 Ratio and proportion Ratio as a fraction By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to recognize and identify  ratio as a fraction

 

Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg98

NPM PB7 Pg161

TG b7Pg99

3 Fraction Ratio sharing By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio on sharing 

 

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg103

NPM PB7 Pg161

TG b7Pg99

4 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio on sharing 

 

PM PB7 Pg164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg100

5 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to work out problems involving ratio using unitary method

 

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg163

TG b7Pg102

6 Ratio increase By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in increase

 

PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg

7 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in increase

 

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 161Pg102

TG b7Pg

8 1 Ratio decrease By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in decrease

 

PM PB7 Pg163

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg163

TG b7Pg103

2 By the end of this topic, the

pupils should be able to interpret and use ratio in decrease

 

-Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg164

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg162

TG b7Pg

3 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg163

TG b7Pg104

4 Direct proportion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify simple direct proportion -Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg164

TG b7Pg103

5 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving simple direct proportion PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg165

TG b7Pg

6 Indirect proportion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to recognize and identify indirect  proportion -Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 168Pg162

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 Pg106

TG b7Pg105

7 By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to work out problems involving simple indirect proportion -Explanation

-Discussion

-Working out

-Conversion

PM PB7 Pg160

TG 7Pg

NPM PB7 160Pg169

TG b7Pg106

 

 

 

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEANING/ TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/ TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES
9

 

 

10

1 Revision By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg107

NPM PB7 Pg169

TG b7Pg106

2
3
4
5
3-6
7 Revision By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. PM PB7 Pg180

TG 7Pg112

NPM PB7 Pg22-170

TG b7Pg2-107

11 1 Revision By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered. PM PB7 Pg

TG 7Pg180

NPM PB7 Pg171

TG b7Pg107

2
3
4
5
6
7
12 1 Examination By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to do a revision exercise on the work covered.
2
3
4
5
6
7

 

Grade 2 Notes, Schemes of Work & Exams {Ultimate Downloads}

Grade 2 Notes, Schemes of Work & Exams {Ultimate Downloads} available below, here:

FREE GRADE 2 RESOURCES

1: CBC Grade 2 notes, Exams, Schemes of Work Free pdf
2: Free Grade 2 Notes, schemes of Work and Exams
3: Grade 2 Rationalized Notes Free
4: Grade 2 Rationalized Notes Free
5: Grade 2 Free Termly Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work
6: Grade 1,2,3 and 4 free schemes of work, pdf notes and exams (Thousands of free CBC downloads)
7: Free Grade 2 CBC Notes, Exams & Schemes of Work
8: Grade 2 CBC Exams, Free For Term 1 to 3
9: Grade 2 Free Termly Assessment Exams, Notes & Schemes of Work
10: Free Grade 2 CBC Notes, Exams & Schemes of Work
11: Grade 2 Lesson Plans Free
12: Free CBC Lesson Plans Grade 2

Grade Two CBC Notes

Free Grade 2 Notes, schemes of Work and Exams

CBC Grade 2 notes, Exams, Schemes of Work Free pdf

Free Grade 2 CBC Notes, Exams & Schemes of Work

Grade Two CBC Schemes of Work

Grade 2 Free CBC Schemes of Work (Updated)

GRADE 2 SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 3

CBC schemes of work Grade 2 Free Download

Free Grade 2 schemes of work; Download now

Grade 2 schemes of work (Term 1, 2 and 3)

Grade 2 Term 2 Schemes Of Work For 11 Weeks

Grade 2 schemes of work term 2

Grade 2 CBC schemes of work Term 2

Grade Two CBC Assessments & Exams

Grade 2 Free Exams For CBC Assessment (Term 1-3)

Grade 2 Free CBC Exams Download

GRADE 2 ASSESSMENT REPORT CARD FREE DOWNLOAD

Karatina University Student Portal, E-learning Portal Login and Link

Karatina University Student Portal, E-learning Portal Login and Link

Need any help? Please click here

________________________________________________________________________

Karatina University Self Admissions Portal

Click here to start self-registration at Karatina University.

KUCCPS Admission

________________________________________________________________________
E-learning Portal.

Is this your first time here?

BUSINESS STUDIES NOTES FORM 1-4 IN PDF

SIMPLIFIED BUSINESS STUDIES NOTES.

  1. DEMAND AND SUPPLY

Meaning of demand

Demand is the quantity of a product that buyers are willing and able to buy at a given price over a given period of time.

DOWNLOAD THE PDF COPIES HERE; BUSINESS STUDIES NOTES FORM 1-4: UPDATED

Factors that determine the demand for a product (determinants of demand)

  1. The price of a product:  if the price is low, more will be demanded, if high less will be demanded.
  2. The buyer’s income: the higher the people’s income the higher the demand for gods and services and vice versa.
  3. Government policy: if the government imposes high taxes on a commodity, it becomes expensive and less of it is demanded. The effects of a subsidy are to lower the price of the product leading to an increase in its demand. The government may also influence the demand of a product by enacting laws that either limits or promotes the consumption of a product.
  4. The population: with many people available more of the goods are demanded and if the people are few, less is bought from the market.
  5. Tastes, fashions and preferences:  if people have a preference for a product they will demand more of it. If their preferences changes to another product, they will reduce the demand of the product they were using before.
  6. The distribution of incomes: where income is well distributed, the demand for goods and services is high as opposed to when the income in the hands of a few people.
  7.  Future expectations of price changes: if the prices are expected to go up in the future, more goods will be demanded in the present and if the price is expected to go down in the future, fewer goods will be demanded in the present.
  8. The weather: certain goods are demanded more during certain weather conditions e.g heavy clothes during cold seasons or umbrellas during rainy seasons.
  9. Price of related products: for goods that are compliments of one another, e.g pen and ink, a fall in the price of one leads to an increase in the demand of the other. In the case of the goods that are substitutes of one another, e.g soda and fruit juice, an increase in the price of one leads to an increase in the demand of the other.
  10. The terms of sale: the better the terms of sale, for example, provision of credit or better discounts, the higher the demand for a given product.

 

Types of demand

 

Derived demand:  a product is said to have derived demand when it is demanded to help in the production of other goods and services for example the demand of building materials arising from the demand of houses.

Joint demand: items are said to have joint demand if the use of one will require the use of another. The goods are complimentarily used together like pen and ink.

Demand schedule and demand curve

Demand schedule

A demand schedule is a table showing the quantities of a commodity that consumers are willing and able to buy at different prices within a given period of time. A demand schedule can be prepared for an individual or for the entire market.

Demand curve

A demand curve is the graph showing the quantities demanded against the prices. On the y-axis is recorded price and the x-axis the quantities demanded.

Draw a demand curve given the following demand schedule

Price of the product in shs Quantity of the goods demanded in kg
10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

 

 

The graph shows that the demand curve (DD) slopes from the left to the right, indicating that as prices goes down the quantity demanded increases and vice versa.

This tendency of demand to increase as price decrease and to reduce as the price increase is referred to as the law of demand. Therefore a normal demand curve slopes from left to right.

 

 

 

 

Movement along a demand curve and a shift in demand curve

 

Movement along the demand curve

A movement along a demand curve refers to changes in quantity of a product demanded as a result of change in its price only. As the price of the product increases the quantity demanded decreases. It leads to a movement from one point to another on the same demand curve as shown below:

  • (ii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • In a movement along the demand curve no new demand curve is created. If price increase from P0 to P1 in the diagram above quantity demanded will fall from Q1 to Q2e. movement from a to b.
  • If price fall from P2 to P3, the quantity demanded increase from Q2 to Q3e. movement from a to c.

 

  Shift of the demand curve

 

This is when the demand curve moves either to the right or left. It occurs as results of changes in factors influencing demand other than price of the product concerned. This can be illustrated as below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In (i) at price OP the quantity demanded is OQ. After the demand curve shift from D0D0 to DD a different quantity OQ1 is demanded although the price remains at OP. thus points L and M are on different demand curves.

 

Similarly when the demand curve shifts from D1D1 to D2D2 as in (ii) a different quantity OQ3 is demand at the same price OP2 as before. Thus the two points R and S are on two different demand curves.

A shift of demand curve to the left (decrease in demand) can be brought about by the following factors:

 

  • A decrease in people’s incomes.
  • A decrease in the price of a substitute product.
  • Lower population in the area.
  • Negative changes in tastes, fashions and preferences towards the product.
  • The introduction of a new but cheaper substitute.
  • Deterioration in the terms of sale e.g. lower discounts

 

A shift of demand curve to the right (increase in demand) can be as a result of:

  • An increase in the people’s incomes.
  • An increase in the price of a substitute product.
  • An increase in population.
  • An improvement in terms of sale e.g. where better discount are given
  • A decrease in the price of a complementary product.
  • An improvement in tastes, preferences towards particular product.

 

Differences between a movement along a demand curve and a shift of a demand curve

 

Movement along a demand curve Shift of a demand curve
(i)             It involves only one demand curve It involves two demand curves
(ii)           It is brought about by changes in the quantity demanded. Brought about a change in other factors that influences demand other the price of the product.
(iii)         It involves a change in the quantity demanded. Involves a change in demand.
(iv)         A different quantity is demanded only at a different price. A different quantity is demanded at the same price as before.
(v)           A movement along the curve can be traced up and down along the same curve. A shift causes to move either to the right or left.

 

SUPPLY

Supply is defined as the quantity that suppliers are willing and are able to take to market at a given price over a given period of time.

 

Factors which influence supply of a product

  • The price of the product: the higher the price, the higher the supply while the lower the price, the lower the supply.
  • The cost of production: an increase in the cost of production leads to a reduction in the supply of goods, while a decrease in the cost of production leads to an increase in the supply of goods.
  • The level technology: an improvement in the level of technology leads to a reduction in cost of production in an increase in supply.
  • The government policy; this includes the imposition of taxes, subsidies, quotas and price controls. Taxes increase the cost of production hence supply will decrease. A subsidy lowers the cost of production leading to an increase in the supply. Imposition of quotas places an upper limit on the quantity that may be supplied irrespective of the price. Where the government sets prices, firms will react accordingly. If the price set is high, the supply will be high, if the price set is low, the supply will also be low.
  • Available of inputs: shortage of raw materials leads to low production, hence low supply.
  • Future expectations of price changes: where producers expect the price of goods to increase in the future, they may decide to restrict supply, until that when the prices go up.
  • Natural factors: bad weather like droughts and floods leads to poor harvests, hence low supply of agricultural products. Favorable weather conditions leads to more harvests hence more supply.

 

Supply schedule and supply curve

 

A supply schedule is a table showing the relationship between supply of a commodity and its price. It shows the quantity supplied at various prices. The supply curve is a graphical illustration showing the trend taken by supply as price either increases or decrease.

Draw a supply curve using the figures given in the supply curve below.

 

Price of x 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
Supply of x 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The supply curve (SS) slopes from the right to the left showing that as the price increases, the supply also increase. For example, at a price Shs. 8, the supply is 20 units. As the price goes up to Shs. 16, the supply also goes up to 40 units.

 

Movement along the supply curve

This is said to be a movement along a supply curve when the quantity supplied of a commodity changes as a result of a change in its price “all other factors remaining constant”. It leads to a movement from one point to another on the same supply curve as shown below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In (i) when price changes from OP0 to OP1 the movement is downwards from point X to point Y on the same supply curve S0S0. This leads to the supply of OQ1 instead of OQ0.

In (ii) when the price changes from OP2 to OP3 the movement is upwards from T to point Z on the same supply curve. The quantity supplied changes from OQ2 to OQ3.

 

Shift of a Supply curve

A shift of the supply curve is when the entire curve moves either to the left or right as a result of changes in factors influencing supply other than the price of the commodity involved.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In (iii) the whole supply curves S2S2 shifts to S3S3 resulting in the reduction of quantity supplied from OQ3 to OQ4 at the same price OP3 as before. Instead a point on curve S2S2

 

 

 

EQUILIBRIUM PRICE AND EQUILIBRIUM QUANTITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. SIZE AND LOCATION OF A FIRM
  1. Meaning of firm and industry

A firm is an individual enterprise or business unit under one control an ownership e.g. a business unit carrying the production of a good or service such as production of soap or a legal service firm.

A firm is a single business unit or enterprise under one ownership, management and control e.g. KCC, Brookside etc.

An industry consists of all those firms producing the same type of products in the same line of production. A sop industry consists of all those firms producing soap while an insurance industry consists of all these firms providing insurance services.

An industry refers to a group of firms producing the same products for a given market e.g. the milk industry which includes firms such KCC and Brookside. In some cases where we have a single firm, the firm becomes the industry.

  1. Factors which influence the decision on what goods and services to produce.
  • Profitability

Businesses tend to provide goods and services that would yield maximum profit.

  • Level of competition

In order to survive in a competitive market, firms must come up with products with products that consumers prefer. A firm may therefore develop products that are not currently available or copy rivals ideals and improve on them.

  • Cost of production

A firm would produce commodities for which production costs are low.

  • Demand/ market

A firm will produce commodities that have the highest demand since demand leads to high sales volume.

  • Availability of resources

A firm can only produce commodities for which the necessary resources are available. Such resources include raw materials, labor, equipment, adequate space and appropriate technology.

  • Government policy

A firm should produce goods which are favored by the government policy e.g. low taxation and subsidies. Firms should not produce goods that are illegal as it will be breaking the law.

  1. Determining the size of the firm

The following are some of the ways/factors which the size of a firm may be determined:

  • Level of output/volume of output

A firm’s size may be judged by the level of output. A large firm will produce on large scale, while a small firm will produce on small scale.

  • Number of employs in the firm

A small firm is likely to employ only a few employees, while a large firm will most often employ many workers.

  • Floor area covered by the premises

A firm with large floor area covered by premises may be said to be large.

  • Size of the market controlled by the firm

Large firms control large proportions of the total market of a particular product. Small firms may only control a small size of the market.

  • Capital invested

The larger the capital of the firm in terms of assets the larger the firm and vice versa.

  • Methods of production adopted

A large firm will most often adopt capital intensive methods of technology, where operations will be highly mechanized while small firms use more labour then machinery.

  • Sales of volume

Small firms have low levels of sales with a given period while large firms have huge levels of sales.

  1. Location of the firm

Location is the site or place from which the business operations/firms would be established. The management has to make appropriate decisions concerning the location of the firm since a good location would lead to success while a bad location would lead to failure of the business enterprise.

 

Factors that influence the location of a firm

  1. Raw materials

The availability of raw materials is one of the factors that determine the locations of a firm. Firms should be located near the source of raw material when:

  1. The raw materials are heavy and bulky so as to avoid high transport as cost to the firm.
  2. The raw materials are perishable so as to ensure they get the firm in fresh.
  • The competition for the raw materials is high should be located near their source so as to ensure that it gets all the raw materials it requires at all times.

          Advantages of locating a firm near the source of raw materials

  1. Transport cost of raw materials in minimized
  2. Storage cost of raw materials will be minimized.
  • It is easier for the firm to select the quality of raw materials required.
  1. Easier to get fresh raw materials and undamaged raw materials.
  2. Production process can run uninterrupted because of constant supply of raw materials thus continuous production.
  3. Labour (human resources)

Labour is a basic factor of production. It can be skilled, unskilled or semi-skilled labour. It is important for firms ton be located in an area where there is large supply of labour so as to ensure adequate supply of this important factor. Location of the firms near the source of labour reduces the cost of transporting labour force to factories and also reduces time wasting in transporting labour from far.

  1. The market

Reasons for locating near market

  1. If the finished product is perishable, then the firm should be located near the market so as to ensure that it gets to the market in fresh state.
  2. If the finished product is bulky, the firm should be located near the market so as to avoid high cost of transport to the market.
  • If the final product is fragile, the firm should be located near the market so as to avoid losses that may result from breakages as the product is transported to the market.
  1. If there is high completion, the firm should be located near the market as this will make it easy to get to the customers fast.
  2. Where a product is made as per customers’ specification, the firm should be located near the market.
  3. Transport and communication

A firm should be located in an area that is well served by means of transport. This ensures that both raw materials and finished products can be transported with ease.

A firm should be located in an area that is well served by means of communication. This ensures that the firm is able to communicate with its customers and suppliers, and vice versa.

Poor developed transport and communication facilities may lead to:

  1. High transport cost especially where raw material or the finished products are bulky.
  2. Delays in receiving the raw materials and distributing the finished products.
  • Where communication network is poor, business people will not able to give or get information in time.
  1. Availability of power

Industries require electric power to operate. They should, therefore be located where electricity is readily available.

  1. Security

Industries should be located in areas with adequate security .

  1. Auxiliary services

Firms should be located where auxiliary services such as insurance, banking and warehousing are available.

  1. Water

Many firms require water in one or more processes. Such firms should be located in an area where water is readily available.

  1. Government policy

The government may formulate policies that may have implications on the location of the firms, especially with regard to physical planning. Such planning may be aimed at checking rural-urban migration, environmental degradation or for strategic concerns.

The government may therefore encourage the development of firms in some areas by offering concessions to industrialists such as:

  1. Offering free land
  2. Reduction on taxes
  • Offering subsidies
  1. Improvement of infrastructure
  2. Offering direct financial assistance

 

LOCALISATION AND DELOCALISATION

Localization of firms is a situation where many firm are concentrated in a particular area.

Delocalization of firms describes a situation where location of firms is spread in different regions to minimize the problems of localization.

Advantages of localization

  1. Firms will benefit from already from established skilled labour pool from which they can recruit their employees.
  2. Firms will benefit from already established infrastructure such as transportation and communication.
  • Firms will benefit from auxiliary services firms that may already have been established.
  1. Such areas have social amenities such as hospitals and schools.
  2. Employment is created in such areas.
  3. Joint management of wastes can be carried out by all firms.
  • Firms may benefit from already established markets.
  • Firms may be able to get raw materials easily, as they may use the by-products produced by other industries as their raw materials.

Disadvantages of localization

  1. As many people move to such areas in search of jobs, slums may be created.
  2. Land becomes very expensive in such areas.
  • Congestion and traffic jams are a common problem in such areas.
  1. In case of war such areas can become a target of attacks.
  2. Leads to rural-urban migration leaving the old and the young in the rural areas.
  3. A lot of environmental degradation through pollution by many cars, deforestation, discharges of waste and mining in the area.
  • Social problems such as crime, prostitution and illegal drugs are a common problem in such areas.

Advantages of delocalization

  1. It ensures that all areas are developed.
  2. To ensure that employment opportunities are evenly distributed all over the country.
  • It reduces rural-urban migration since people can get jobs in the rural areas once industries are delocalized.
  1. It promotes the development of infrastructure all over the country.
  2. It leads to the establishment of auxiliary services e.g. banks and insurance firms, in rural areas for the benefit of the residents.
  3. It enhances the development of social amenities such as schools and hospitals in all areas of the country.
  • It lessens losses in case of attack by enemies during war.
  • People in rural areas are provided with goods and services closer to where they are.

Disadvantages of delocalization 

  1. Pollution is spread to the rural areas.
  2. The security in such areas may not be guaranteed.
  • It might be expensive to hire and attract appropriate labour.
  1. Auxiliary services such as banks and postal services may be lacking in such areas.
  2. Incentives offered by the government to industries in order to delocalize add to public expenditure, which is an added burden to tax payers.
  3. Industries may not enjoy the benefits that accrue from concentration of industries e.g. developed infrastructure.

 

 

 

Ways in which the government may motivate industries to delocalize

  1. By giving entrepreneurs free of cheap land to construct their factories.
  2. By giving tax incentives to those who locate their industries in the delocalized area.
  • By giving cheap loans to entrepreneurs wishing to establish industries in areas with few industries.
  1. By providing security in the new industrial areas.
  2. By providing subsidies to those industrialists who are willing to delocalize.
  3. By providing the appropriate infrastructure in the area.
  • By providing social amenities e.g. schools and hospitals in areas where the delocalized industries are to be established.
  • By offering financial assistance to the delocalized industries.

ECONOMIES OF SCALE

Economies of scale are the benefits the firm or industry derives from expanding its scale of production/the advantages of operating on large scale.

There are two types of economies of scale;

  1. Internal economies of scale
  2. External economies of scale

Internal economies of scale

These are advantages that accrue to a single firm as its production increases, independent of what happens in the other firms in the industry.

Internal economies of scale result from an increase in the level of output and cannot be realized unless output increases.

The internal economies of scale may be achieved by a single plant of the firm or they may arise from an increase in the number of plants.

The internal economies of scale include;

  1. Marketing economies (Buying and selling economies)

These are the benefits which a firm derives from large purchases of inputs or factors of production due to the discounts offered in the process e.g. trade and quantity discounts

The firms may also incur less cost per unit in transportation of the goods bought

Selling economies of scale arise from the distribution and sale of the finished product as the scale of production increases, i.e it is likely to incur less cost per unit in areas such as advertising, distribution e.t.c

  1. Financial economies; As a firm grows, its assets also increase. These assets can be used as security to borrow money/loan from financial institutions at low interest rates.

Large firms can also raise more funds through selling and buying of shares and debentures.

  • Risk bearing economies; Large firms can reduce risks involved in the market failure through diversification of products or markets.

Diversification of markets or products can be done so that;

  1. Failure of one product is offset by the success of other products
  2. A failure of a product in one part of the market may be offset by the success of the same product in another part of the market

-Large scale firms are also able to obtain supplies from alternative sources so that failure in one does not significantly affect the activities of the firm.

  1. iv) Managerial economies/staff economies

Large firms are able to hire/employ specialized staff and management. This increases the firms efficiency and productivity i.e.

  1. The staff is able to make viable decisions that can go along way in increasing the firms output.
  2. The firm/management is also able to put in place better organizational structures which allow for departmentalization and subsequent division of labour.Division of labour leads to specialization and hence the overall increase in the firms output.

-the costs of hiring/employing the specialized staff/management are spread over a large number of units of output of variable cost of production.Thus,the cost of labour is minimized when production increases leading to increased profits.

  1. v) Technical economies;

These are benefits that accrue to a firm from the use of specialized labour and machinery. Large firms have access to large capital which they utilize to obtain those machines and hire the specialized labour.The machines use the latest technology and are put to full use, making the firm production more efficient i.e. cost of the machines and labour are spread over many units of output hence less costly but giving higher profits.

 

  1. vi) Research economies;

Large firms can afford to carry out research into better methods of production and marketing.(Research is necessary because of the increased competition in the business world today) This improves the quality of the products and increases the sales and profits made by the firm.

  1. Staff welfare economies;

Large firms can easily provide social amenities to their employees including recreations, housing, education, canteens and wide range of allowances. These amenities work as incentives to boost the morale of the employees to work harder and increase the quality and quantity of output. This leads to higher sales and profits.

  1. Inventory economies

A large sized firm can establish warehouses to stock raw materials and therefore enjoy large stocks of raw materials for use when the raw materials are in short supply.Thus, the firm can avoid production stoppages that can be occasioned by shortages of the raw materials. The suppliers of such material may be sold at a higher price to realize profit.

External economies of scale;

External economies of scale are those benefits which accrue to a firm as a result of growth of the whole industry. They are realized by a firm due to its location near other firms. They include;

  1. Easier access to labour; Where many firms are located in one area a pool of labour of various skills is usually available. Therefore firms relocating to the area find it easy to obtain.
  2. Improved/efficient infrastructure; Usually where many firms are located, infrastructure would be highly developed e.g. roads, power, water and communication facilities. Firms relocating in that area thus enjoy the services of infrastructure already in place.
  3. Firms may be able to dispose off their waste product easily
  4. Ready market may be available from the surrounding firms
  5. Readily available services such as banking, insurance and medical care
  6. Adequate supply of power due to large volume of consumption e.t.c

 

 

Diseconomies of scale

A firm cannot continue to expand indefinitely or without a limit.As a firm grows or industry expands, the benefits the firm can reap or get from such growth or expansion have a limit.

Any further expansion in the scale of production beyond the limit will actually create negative which would increase the cost of production.

The negative effects to a firm due to its size or scale of production are referred to as diseconomies of scale.

Diseconomies of scale are therefore the problems a firm experiences due to expansion.

Sources of diseconomies of scale

Diseconomies of scale may arise from;

  1. Managerial functions which become increasingly difficult to perform as the firm expands. Communication and consultations take more time than before.
  2. Changing consumer tastes which may not be fulfilled immediately because decision-making may take too long.
  3. Increase in the costs of transporting raw materials, components and finished products.
  4. Labour unrest or disputes and lack of commitment from the employees because they are not involved in decision making
  5. Stoppage of production process when disputes arise since all production stages are interdependent and labour specialized.
  6. Lack of adequate finances for further expansion of the firm.

There are two forms of diseconomies of scale fiz internal diseconomies and external diseconomies of scale.

 

Internal diseconomies of scale

These are the problems a firm experiences as a result of large scale production due to its persistant growth. They include;

  1. Managerial diseconomies of scale

These are the losses which may arise due to the failure of management to supervise and control the operations properly. This may be because the firm is large resulting into;

  1. Difficulties in controlling and coordinating the departments leading to laxity among employees.
  2. Difficult in decision making and communication and co-ordination between management and workers. Delays in decision making means lost opportunities.
  3. Impersonal relationship between management and workers, and staff problems not easily established which could lead to low morale, disputes, unrests/skills.
  4. An increase in management tasks leading to increase in number and impact of risks i.e. any error in judgement on the part of management may lead to big losses.

 

  1. Marketing diseconomies of scale

These are losses which may arise due to changes in consumer tastes. These may be as a result of;

  1. A change in tastes leading to fall in demand for the firms products. A large firm may find it difficult to immediately adjust to the changes in the tastes of consumers, hence it will experience fall in its scale.
  2. An increase in the scale of production, which leads to higher demand for factor of production such as labour, raw materials and capital. This will result into higher prices for them. This will push up the prices of the goods and services produced, which will cause a fall in sales.

 

  • High overhead costs

When the output of a firm increases beyond a certain limit, some factors may set in to increase the average costs.e.g the overhead costs incurred in production and marketing activities may increase. This is because firms may intensify their promotional campaign, incur heavy transport expenses and be forced to offer generous discounts in an effort to attract more clients. All these are factors that may increase overheads without any corresponding increase in real benefits to the firm.

  1. Financial diseconomies of scale

These are losses which may arise due to a firm’s inability to acquire adequate finances for its expansion. This will prevent the firm from expanding further thereby limiting its capacity to increase the volume of its output.

External diseconomies of scale

These are demerits that affirm experiences as a result of growth of the entire industry. These include;

-scramble for raw materials

-inavailability of land for expansion

-scramble for available labour

-competition for available market

-easy targets especially in times of war.

Existence of small firms in an economy

As the firm grows in size, its scale of production increases.However, many firms remain small even though they face stiff competition from larger firms. Some of the reasons for existence of small scale firms include;

  1. Size of the market

Large scale production can only be sustained by a high demand for a product. If the demand for a product is low, it may not be advisable for a firm to produce on a large scale, hence it will remain small.

  1. Nature of the product;

The nature of the product sometimes makes it impossible to produce in large quantities e.g. personal services e.g. hairdressing, painting or nursing can only be provided by an individual or a small firm.

  1. Simplicity of organization

Small firms have the considerable advantage of simplicity in organization. They avoid bureaucracy, wastage and managerial complexity associated with large scale organizations.

Where a firm intends to take advantage of simplicity, the proprietor may maintain its small firm.

 

  1. Flexibility of small firms

Small firms are flexible i.e. one can easily switch from one business to another where an owner of a business wishes to maintain flexibility so as to take advantage of any new opportunity, he/she may have to maintain a small firm.

  1. Quick decision making

In a situation where proprietors want to avoid delay in decision-making, they may opt to maintain a small business as this would involve less consultation.

  1. Belief that a small firm is more manageable

Many small businesses have the potential of expansion, yet their owners prefer to have them remain small believing that big businesses are difficult to run.

  1. Rising costs of production

In situations where production costs rise too fast, such that diseconomies of scale set is very early, the firm has to remain small.

  1. Need to retain control

In order to retain control and independence, the owners of the firm may wish to keep it small.

  1. Legal constraints/Government policy

In some situations, the laws may restrict the growth of a firm. In such circumstances the existing firms remain small.

  1. Small capital requirements

As opposed to large scale firms, small firms require little amounts of capital to start and operate.

Implication of production activities on environmental and community health

As production activities take place in a given area, the environment and the health of the community around may be adversely affected by these activities. Some of these effects include;

  1. Air pollution

This is caused by waste which is discharged into the atmosphere leading to contamination of the air. Such waste may be in funs of industrial emissions and toxic chemicals from the firms. These pollutants cause air-borne diseases. Acid rain due to such emission may also affect plants.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. PRODUCT MARKET

The term ‘market’ is usually used to mean the place where buyers and sellers meet to transact business. In Business studies, however, the term ‘market’ is used to refer to the interaction of buyers and sellers where there is an exchange of goods and services for a consideration.

NOTE: The contact between sellers and buyers may be physical or otherwise hence a market is not necessarily a place, but any situation in which buying and selling takes place. A market exists whenever opportunities for exchange of goods and services are available, made known and used regularly.

Definition:

  • Product market; Is a particular market in which specific goods and services are sold and with particular features that distinguish it from the other markets.

-The features are mainly in terms of the number of sellers and buyers and whether the goods sold are homogeneous or heterogeneous

-Product market is also referred to as market structure.

-Markets may be classified according to the number of firms in the industry or the type of products sold in them..

TYPES OF PRODUCT MARKET

The number of firms operating in a particular market will determine the degree of competition that will exist in a given industry. In some markets there are many sellers meaning that the degree of competition is very high, where as in other markets there is no competition because only one firm exists.

When markets are classified according to the degree of competition, there are four main types, these are;

  • Perfect competition
  • Pure monopoly(monopoly)
  • Monopolistic competition
  • Oligopoly

PERFECT COMPETITION

The word ‘perfect’ connotes an ideal situation.

This kind of situation is however very rare in real life; a perfect competition is therefore an hypothetical situation.

This is a market structure in which there are many small buyers and many sellers who produce a homogeneous product. The action of any firm in this market has no effect on the price and output levels in the market since its production is negligible.

Feature of Perfect Competition

  • Large number of buyers and sellers: The buyers and sellers are so many that separate actions of each one of them have no effect on the market. This implies that no single buyer or seller can influence the price of the commodity. This is because a single firms (sellers) supply of the product is so small in relation to the total supply in the industry. Similarly; the demand of one buyer is so small compared to the total demand of one buyer is so small compared to the total demand in the market that he/she cannot influence the price.

Firms (suppliers) in such a market structure are therefore price takers i.e. they accept the prevailing market price for their products.

  • Identical or homogeneous products; Commodities from different producers are identical in all aspects e.g. size; brand and quality such that one cannot distinguish them. Buyers cannot therefore show preference for the products of one firm over those of the other.
  • Perfect knowledge of the market; Each buyer and seller has perfect knowledge about the market and therefore no one would effect business at any price other than the equilibrium price (market price).If one firm raises the price of its commodity above the prevailing market price, the firm will make no sale since consumers are aware of other firms that are offering a lower price i.e. market price. All firms (sellers) are also assumed to know the profits being made by other firms in the industry (in selling the product)
  • Freedom of entry or exit in the industry; The buyers and sellers have the freedom to enter and leave the market at will i.e. firms are free to join the market and start production so long as the prevailing market price for the commodity guarantees profit. However if conditions change the firms are free to leave in order to avoid making loss.

In this market structure, it is assumed that no barrier exists in entering or leaving the industry.

  • Uniformity of buyers and sellers; All buyers are identical in the eyes of the seller. There are therefore, no advantages or disadvantages of selling to particular buyers. Similarly, all the sellers are identical and hence there would be no special benefit derived from buying from a certain supplier.
  • No government interference; The government plays no part in the operations of the industry. The price prevailing in the market is determined strictly by the interplay of demand and supply. There should be no government intervention in form of taxes and subsidies, quotas, price controls and other regulations.
  • No excess supply or demand; The sellers are able to sell all what they supply into the market. This means that there is no excess supply. Similarly, the buyers are able to buy all what they require with the result that there is no difficult in supply.
  • Perfect mobility of factors of production; The assumption here is that producers are able to switch factors of production from producing one commodity to another depending on which commodity is more profitable to sell. Factors of production are also freely movable from one geographical area to another.
  • No transport costs; The assumption here is that all sellers are located in one area, therefore none of them incurs extra transport costs or carriage of goods. The sellers cannot hence charge higher prices to cover the cost of transport. Buyers, on the other hand, would not prefer some sellers to others in an attempt to cut down on transport costs.

NOTE: The market (perfect competition) has normal demand and supply curves. The individual buyers demand curve is however; perfectly elastic since one can buy all what he/she wants at the equilibrium price. Similarly, the individual sellers supply curve is also perfectly elastic because one can sell all what he/she produces at the equilibrium price.

Perfect competition market hold on the following assumptions;

  • There are no transport costs in the industry
  • Buyers and sellers have perfect knowledge of the market
  • Factors of production are perfectly mobile
  • There is no government interference

Examples of perfect competitions are very difficult to get in the real life but some transactions e.g. on the stock exchange market, are very close to this.

Criticism of the concept of perfect competition

In reality, there is no market in which perfect competition exists. This is due to the following factors:

  • Very few firms produce homogenous products. Even if the products were fairly identical, consumers are unlikely to view them as such.
  • In real situations, consumers prefer variety for fuller satisfaction of their wants; hence homogenous products may not be very popular in these circumstances.
  • There is a common tendency towards large-scale operation. This tendency works against the assumption of having many small firms in an industry.
  • Firms are not found in one place to cut down on transport costs as this market structure requires.
  • Governments usually interfere in business activities in a variety of ways in the interest of their citizens. The assumption of non-interference by the state is therefore unrealistic in real world situations.
  • Information does not freely flow in real markets so as to make both sellers and buyers fully knowledgeable of happenings in all parts of a given market.

MONOPOLY

A monopoly is a market structure in which only one firm produces a commodity which has no close substitutes.

Some of the features in this market structure are;

  • One seller or producer; supplying the entire market with a product that has no close substitute consumers therefore have no option but to use the commodity from the monopolist to satisfy their need.
  • Many unorganised buyers; in the market the buyers compete for the commodity supplied by the monopoly firm.
  • The monopoly firm is the industry; because it supplies the entire market, the firms supply curve is also the market supply curve, and the demand curve of the firm is also the market demand curve.
  • Entry into the market is closed; such barriers are either put by the firm or they result from advantages enjoyed by the monopoly firm e.g. protection by the government.
  • Huge promotional and selling costs; are incurred in order to expand the market base and to maintain the existing market. This also helps to keep away potential competitors.
  • The monopoly firm is a price maker or a price giver; the firm determines the price at which it will sell its output in the market. It can therefore increase or reduce the price of its commodity, depending on the profit it desires to make.
  • Price Discrimination is may be possible; This is a situation where the firm charges different prices for same commodity in different markets.

Price discrimination may be facilitated by conditions such as;

  • Consumers being in different markets such that it is difficult for one to buy the product in the market where it is cheaper.
  • The production of the commodity is in the hands of a monopolist.
  • Market separation.

Market separation may be based on the following factors;

  • Geographical; Goods may be sold at different prices in different markets.
  • Income; Seller may charge different prices for his/her products to different categories of consumers depending on their income.
  • Time; a firm may sell the same commodity at a higher price during the peak period and lower the price during the off peak period.

Sources of monopoly power

  • Control of an important input in production; A firm may control a strategic input or the entire raw materials used in the production of a commodity. Such a firm will easily acquire monopoly by not selling the raw materials to potential competitors.
  • Ownership of production rights; Where the right to production or ownership of commodity i.e. patent rights, copyrights and royalties belong to one person or firm, then, that creates a monopoly. Similarly if the government gives licence to produce a commodity to one firm, then this will constitute a monopoly.
  • Internal economies of scale; The existence of internal economies of scale that enable a firm to reduce its production costs to the level that other firms cannot will force these other firms out of business leaving the firm as a monopoly.
  • Size of the market; where the market is rather small and can only be supplied profitably by one firm.
  • Additional costs by other firms; A firm may enjoy monopoly position in a particular area if other firms have to incur additional costs such as transport in order to sell in the area. These additional costs may increase the prices of the commodity to the level that it becomes less attractive hence giving the local firm monopoly status.
  • Where a group of firms combine to act as one; Some firms may voluntarily combine/amalgamate or work together for the purpose of controlling the market of their Examples are cartels
  • Restrictive practices; A firm may engage in restrictive practices in order to force other firms of business and therefore be left as a monopoly. Such practices may include limit pricing i.e. where a firm sells its products at a very low price to drive away competitors.
  • Financial factors; where the initial capital outlay required is very large, thereby preventing other firms from entering the market.
  • Government Policy ;Where the government establishes a firm and gives it monopoly power to produce and sell ‘cheaply’

Advantages of monopoly

  • A monopoly is able to provide better working conditions to employees because of the high profits realised
  • In some monopolies, high standards of services/goods are offered
  • Monopolies always enjoy economies of scale. This may help the consumer in that the goods supplied by a monopoly will bear lower prices.
  • A monopolist may use the extra profit earned to carry out research and thus produce higher quality goods and services.
  • The consumer is protected in that essential services such as water and power supply is not left to private businesses who would exploit the consumers.

Disadvantages of monopoly

  • A monopolist can control output so as to charge high prices
  • Consumers lack freedom of choice in that the product produced by a monopoly has no substitute
  • Low quality products may be availed to consumers due to lack of competition.

 

MONOPOLISTIC COMPETITION

Monopolistic competition is a market structure that falls within the range of imperfect competition i.e. falls between perfect competition and pure monopoly. It is therefore a market structure that combines the aspects of perfect competition and those of a monopoly.

Since it is not possible to have a market that is perfectly competitive or a market that is pure monopoly in real world, all market structures in real world lie between the two and are thus known as imperfect market structures.

In a monopolistic market, there are many sellers of a similar product which is made to look different. This is known as product differentiation. These similar products are made different through packaging, design, colour, branding e.t.c

The following are the assumptions of a monopolistic competition.

  • A large number of sellers; Who operate independently.
  • Differentiated products; Each firm manufactures a product which is differentiated from that of its competitors, yet they are relatively good substitutes of each other. The differences may be real in that different materials are used to make the product or may be imaginary i.e. created through advertising,branding,colour,packaging e.t.c
  • No barriers to entry or exit from industry; There is freedom of entry into the industry for new firms and for existing firms to leave the industry.
  • Firms set their own prices; The prices are set depending on the costs incurred in production and the demand in the market.
  • No firm has control over the factors of production; Each firm acquires the factors at the prevailing market prices.
  • Presence of non-price competitions; Since products are close substitutes of each other, heavy advertising and other methods of product promotion are major characteristics of firms in monopolistic competition.
  • Buyers and sellers have perfect knowledge of the market.

OLIGOPOLY

This is a market structure where there are few firms. The firms are relatively large and command a substantial part of the market. It is a market structure between the monopolistic competition and monopoly.

Types of Oligopoly

Oligopoly may be classified according to the number of firms or the type of products they sell. They include;

  • Duopoly; This refers to an oligopoly market structure which comprises of two firms. Mastermind Tobacco and British American Tobacco (BAT) are examples of duopoly in Kenya.
  • Perfect/Pure oligopoly refers to an oligopolistic market that deals in products which are identical. Examples of pure oligopoly are companies dealing with petroleum products such as oil Libya, Caltex, Total, Shell, National Oil, Kenol and Kobil. These firm sell products which are identical such as kerosene, petrol and diesel.
  • Imperfect/Differentiated Oligopoly; this is an oligopolistic market structure where firm have products which are the same but are made to appear different through methods such as packaging, advertising and branding.

Features of oligopoly

  • Has few large sellers and many buyers.
  • The firms are interdependent among themselves especially in their output and pricing.
  • Non-price competition, firms are in a position to influence the prices. However, they try to avoid price competition for the fear of price war.
  • There is barriers to entry of firms due to reasons such as; requirement of large capital, Ownership of production rights, control over crucial raw materials, Restrictive practices etc
  • High cost of selling through methods of advertisement due to severe competition.
  • Products produced are either homogeneous or differentiated.
  • Uncertain demand curve due to the inter-dependence among the firms. Hence the shifting of the demand curve is not definite.
  • There is price rigidity i.e once a price has been arrived at in an oligopolistic market, it tends to remain stable.

This feature explains why a firm in oligopolistic market faces two sets of demand curves resulting to a Kinked Demand Curve. One curve, for prices above the determined one, which is fairly gentle and the othere curve for prices below the determined one which is fairly steep.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE KINKED DEMAND CURVE

 

 

  1. i) The kinked demand curve illustrates the rigidity price behaviour oligopolists.
  2. ii) The curve has two parts with different elasticities: AB is elastic and BC is inelastic.

iii) Sellers cannot increase price from price OPo to OP1 because the Quantity bought will decrease (fall).

  1. iv) The sellers cannot reduce price from OP1 to OP2 because very little amount will

increase in demand.

  1. The sellers will stick to price OPo because it is the most profitable and most popular to both sellers & buyers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. CHAIN/CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTION

Introduction

  • Channels of distribution are the paths that goods and or services follow from the producers to the final users.
  • The persons involved in the distribution of goods from the producer to consumer are called middlemen or intermediaries.
  • There are different channels that different products follow. Some of the channels include the following:
  • Producer agent      wholesaler      retailer
  • Producer co – operative society    marketing board      wholesaler     retailer
  • Producer marketing board      wholesaler     retailer
  • Producer wholesaler      retailer
  • Producer wholesaler       consumer
  • Producer retailer      consumer
  • Producer  consumer

Costs incurred by middlemen while distributing goods

  • Buying costs. They incur this cost by paying for them from the producers or other middlemen.
  • Transport cost. Some middlemen do transport goods from the producer to other middlemen or to the final users.
  • Storage costs. Middlemen do keep the goods until their demand arises. This will therefore require them to hire or construct their own warehouses.
  • Advertising or marketing costs. Some middlemen do carry out marketing of goods on behalf of the producers and other middlemen. In the process, they pay for such services.
  • Insurance costs. Middlemen do insure the goods they are trading in to ensure compensation in the event of loss.
  • Operation costs. Middlemen just like other businesses do incur operating costs such as salaries to employees, electricity, maintenance among others.
  • Preparation costs. Some middlemen to prepare goods before they are sold to the consumers. Such activities include packing, assembling and blending. They have to meet such costs on behalf the producer, other middlemen and consumers.

CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTING VARIOUS PRODUCTS (refer to Inventor book three pages 50 to 53)

ROLES OF MIDDLEMEN

The following are some the roles performed by middlemen in the chain of distribution

  • Bulk accumulation (assembling). They similar goods from different producers in small quantities and then offering the large amount gathered to buyers who may want to buy in large volumes.
  • Reducing transactions. The interactions between the producers and the consumers will be reduced since the middlemen are the ones who will be communicating to the consumers.
  • Bulk breaking. They buy in large quantities and then sell in small quantities as desired by the consumers.
  • Risk taking. They assume all the risks related with the movement of goods from the producers to the consumers. Such risks include theft, damages, loss due to bad debts.
  • Finance provision. Middlemen provide finance to the producers by buying goods in large quantities and paying for them in time.
  • Provision of information. Middlemen gather market information from the consumers then pass to the producers who in turn produce goods in line with the tastes of consumers.
  • Marketing/product promotion. Middlemen are involved in marketing of goods hence stimulating the interest of consumers.
  • Provision of transport. Middlemen do transport goods from the producers up to the where the consumers can access them. Both the producers and consumers are hence relieved of transport costs.
  • Storage
  • Variety provision
  • Availing goods to consumers

FACTORS TO CONSIDER BEFORE SELECTING A DISTRIBUTION CHANNEL

Factors that influence the choice of a distribution channel include the following:

  • Product nature. Perishable products should be sold directly to the consumers because delays may result to losses since they go bad fast. In addition, bulky products need direct selling in order to reduce transportation and stock handling costs.
  • Nature of the market. Where the market is concentrated in one area, direct selling is appropriate. A longer channel of distribution is preferred where the market is widely spread.
  • Role of intermediary. The channel chosen should be able to perform the services related to the product being sold e.g. for technical goods, the middleman should be able to offer technical support to the customers.
  • Resources and size of the firm/producer. If the producer is small, then direct selling would be appropriate. Large firms with sufficient financial resources can opt for long channels of distribution.
  • Channels used by competitors. If a firm wants its products to compete with those of the competitors, then is it prudent to use similar channels. A firm that wants to avoid competition should use a different channel of distribution.
  • Government policy. The channel chosen should be able to meet government regulations such as all middlemen distributing pharmaceutical products must be recognized by the relevant government bodies (Pharmacy and Poisons Board).
  • Marketing risks. In the event the firm wants to avoid risks related to distribution, it will opt for middlemen.

 

Questions

  • State four channels for distributing imported goods.
  • Explain five factors that can influence the choice of a channel of distribution.
  • Outline five costs incurred by middlemen in the distribution process.
  • Describe the roles played by middlemen in the distribution chain.
  • Outline the circumstances under which a producer would sell directly to consumers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1.   NATIONAL INCOME
  • This is the total income received by the providers/owners of the factors of production in a given country over a given time period.

Terms used in national income

  • Gross Domestic Product (GDP). This is the total monetary value of all goods and services produced in a country during a particular year. Such goods and services must have been produced within the country.
  • Net Domestic Product (NDP). This is the GDP less depreciation. Depreciation is the loss in value of the assets such as machines used in the production of goods and services.
  • Gross National Product (GNP). This measures the total monetary value of all the goods and services produced by the people of a country regardless of whether they in or outside the country. It takes into account exports and imports. The difference between exports and imports is called net Factor Income from abroad. GNP therefore is the sum of GDP and net factor income from abroad.
  • Net National Product (NNP). This recognizes the loss in value of the capital used in the production of goods. Capital here refers to capital goods. NNP is the difference between GNP and the depreciation.
  • Per capita income. This is the average income per head per year in a given country. It is also the national income divided by the population of the country.

CIRCULAR FLOW OF INCOME

  • This is the continuous movement of income between the households (providers of factors of production) and the firms (producers of goods and services).
  • The factors of production are received from households.
  • The firms pay the rewards of such factors to the households (expenditure to the firms and income to the households).
  • The households in turn use the income to buy the goods and services produced by the firms (expenditure to households and income to firms).

Assumptions/features of circular flow of income

  • Existence of two sectors only. It is assumed that the economy has only two sectors that is households and firms. The households provide the factors of production while firms are involved in the production of goods and services.
  • Total spending by households. It is assumed that the households spend all their income on the goods and services produced by the firms i.e. no savings.
  • Total spending by the firms. It is assumed that the firms spend the money received from the sale of goods and services to pay for the rewards of production factors.
  • Lack of government intervention. The government does not influence how the firms and households carry out their activities. Such interventions are in the form of taxes, price controls among others.
  • Closed economy. Exports and imports do not exist in such an economy.

Factors affecting the circular flow of income

  • The factors can either lead to increase in income and expenditure (injections) or lead to a reduction in the volume of flow (withdrawals).

 

The factors include the following:

  • This takes place when the households do not spend all their income on the purchase of goods and services. This reduces the income to be received by firms hence savings is a withdrawal from the circular flow of income.
  • Taxation reduces the amount of money available for spending therefore it is a withdrawal/leakage from the circular flow of income.
  • Government expenditure. The government may buy goods from the firms or provide subsidies. This will translate in to an injection into the circular flow of income.
  • When firms put more capital into the production, output will increase hence an increase in income (injection).
  • When goods and services are bought from other countries, money will be spent hence a reduction in the circular flow of income (withdrawal).
  • Through exports, a country is able to receive money from other countries (injections)

Injections

  • Investments
  • Government spending
  • Exports

Withdrawals

  • Savings
  • Taxation
  • Imports

APPROACHES USED IN MEASURING NATIONAL INCOME

  • Expenditure Approach.

National income is arrived at summing expenditure on all final goods and services (that have reached the final stage of production). Such expenditure is divided into:

  • Expenditure on consumer goods ( C)
  • Expenditure on capital goods (I)
  • Expenditure by government (G)
  • Expenditure on net exports (X – M)

Therefore national income = C+I+G+(X – M)

Problems associated with expenditure approach

  • Lack of accurate records particularly in the private sector.
  • Approximation of expenditure of the subsistence sector.
  • Difficulty in differentiating between final expenditure and intermediate expenditure
  • Double counting may exist
  • Fluctuating exchange rates may cause problems in the valuation of imports and exports.
  • Income approach
  • In this method, the national income is arrived at by summing all the money received by those who participate in the production of goods and services.
  • Such incomes are in the form of rewards to the production factors (wages, rent, interest and profits).
  • Public income is also taken into account i.e. it is the income received by the government from its investments (Parastatals, joint ventures).
  • Transfer payments are excluded since they represent a redistribution of incomes from those who have earned them to the recipient’s e.g.
  • National insurance schemes.

Problems related to this method

  • Determination of what proportion of transfer payments constitute in the income of a country.
  • Inaccurate data may exist since business people may not tell the truth about their income in order to evade tax.
  • Price fluctuations may make national income determination difficult.
  • Income from illegal activities is not captured.
  • Valuation of income from subsistence economy may be difficult e.g. housewives.

Assignment: Read and make short notes on Output approach (refer to Inventor book three pages 65 – 66).

USES OF NATIONAL INCOME STATISTICS

  • Indicators of standards of living. If the national income is equitably distributed, then the standards of living will be high.
  • Measuring economic growth. The statistics of one year are compared with previous year to show whether there is improvement or not.
  • Inter country comparison. They are used to compare the economic welfare among countries hence knowing which country is better off and by how much. However, the following challenges may be faced when carrying the comparisons: different in currencies, different goods and services, disparity in income distribution and difference in tastes and preferences.
  • Investment decisions. They assist the government and other investors to know the sectors to

put their money. The statistics provide relevant information concerning the performance of each sector.

  • Basis of equitable distribution of income. The statistics can be used to spread income to the hands of majority of the citizens incase a few individuals control the economy.
  • Planning purposes. The statistics will show the contribution of each sector thus helping the government in allocating the funds to the various sectors.

Factors which influences the level of national income.

  • Quantity and quality of production. If the factors are more in terms of quantity of good quality, the output will be high hence increasing in national income.
  • State of technology. A country with high level of technology will produce goods in large volumes hence high national income.
  • Political stability. Countries which are relatively stable politically experience high production hence high national income level.
  • Accuracy of accounting systems. If the methods used to gather data are accurate, then the overall statistical figures will the accurate hence reliable.
  • Proportion of the subsistence sector. Subsistence sector’s output is not normally included in the statistical figures. If it represents a large proportion, therefore the national income level will be low.
  1. For other factors refer to Inventor book three pages 68 – 69.

Reasons why high per capita income is not an indicator of a better living standard in a country

  • Statistical problems. The collection of the national income data may be inaccurate meaning that the national income figures might be incorrect hence wrong per capita income.
  • Changes in money value. If the currency has been devalued, there can be change in the value of money without necessarily representing any changes in the welfare of the people.
  • Income distribution. The per capita may be high even though the income is in the hands of very few people thus it is not a representative of the majority.
  • Nature of products. If the products are not meant to satisfy immediate wants of the people, then an increase in per capita income may not lead to a higher economic welfare.
  • Peoples’ hard work and attitude. Increased national income may mean less sleep and more worries. People have no time to enjoy what they produce and their welfare may be low despite the rise in national income.
  • Social costs. People may migrate from rural areas to urban areas straining family relationships while an increase in industries may create pollution, congestion and other environmental disruptions.

Questions

  • State four problems encountered in comparing standards of living in different countries using national income statistics
  • Using a diagram, describe the circular flow of income.
  • Explain five factors that may influence the level of national income of a country
  • Outline four limitations of expenditure approach used in measuring national income.
  • Explain five reasons why high per capita income may not translate to better living standards in a country.
  • Describe five factors that affect the circular flow of income.

 

 

 

 

  1. POPULATION AND EMPLOYMENT

Introduction

Population refers to the number of human beings living in a particular region at a particular time.

The size of the population is ascertained through national headcount, which is referred to as a national census. It is an international requirement that each country must hold a national census at least every ten years.

Population issues are major concerns to business people because people are consumers of goods and services as well as providers of factors of production.

Basic concepts in population

  1. Fertility – this is defined as the ability of a woman to give birth to a live child.
  2. Fertility rate – refers to the average number of children born per woman during her child bearing years in a given population.

Factors that determine fertility rate

  • Literacy levels among women.
  • The marriage rate among people in the productive age bracket.
  • Cost of bringing up children.
  • Economic significance of a large family, e.g. children seen as a source of cheap labour e.t.c.
  • Cultural beliefs e.g. where many children were a source of prestige.
  • Availability of medical facilities.
  • Religious factors e.g. where some religions prohibits use of family planning
  1. Birth rate – refers to the number of live births per 1000 people per year. This is also referred to as crude birth rate and may be calculated as follows:

CBR= Number of Births    x 1000    

Total population

Factors that are likely to lead to high birth rates

  • Cultural practices e.g taking children as security during old age.
  • Early marriages prolomnging the woman’s reprodcutive life.
  • Children being seen as a sou=rce of cheap labour.
  • Where people are opposed to family planning methods
  • Ignorance- lack of knowledge to family planning methods
  • Religious beliefs which encourage large families and discourage use of family planning methods.

Factors that may lead to decline in birth rates

  • Delayed marriages dues to such things as staying in school for long period
  • Craving for high standards of living leading to people having few children
  • Where small families are considered fashionable
  • Use of family planning methods
  • Availability of retirement schemes making people to stop children as security in old age.
  1. Mortality/death rate – refer to the number of people who die per thousand people per year. Is also known as natural attrition rate and may be calculated as follows:

MR= Number of death   x 1000    

Total population

  1. Infant mortality rate- refers to the number of child deaths per thousand children below the age one year per annum.
  2. Population growth rate – refers to the rate at which the population of a country is increasing or decreasing. It can be calculated as follows.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. THE LEDGER

This is a special ledger which is used to record cash and cheque transactions.

It contains only the cash in hand and cash at bank (i.e. cash and bank) accounts

  • Nominal ledger

This ledger is used to record business expenses and incomes (gains).It contains all the nominal accounts.

  • Private ledger

This ledger is used in recording private accounts i.e. confidential and valuable fixed assets and the personal accounts of the proprietors such as capital accounts and drawing accounts.

  • The general ledger

The general ledger contains all other accounts that are not kept in any other ledger e.g. buildings, furniture and stock accounts.

-Personal accounts of debtors or creditors who do not arise out of sale or purchase of goods on credit are found in the general ledger e.g. debtors as a result of sale of fixed asset on credit and expense creditors.

  1. C) Private accounts

These are accounts that the business considers to be confidential and are not availed to everybody except the management and the owners.

-These accounts may be personal or impersonal.

-They include capital account, drawings accounts, trading, profit and loss accounts.

Types of ledgers

The following are the main types of ledgers that are used to keep the various accounts

  • The sales ledger (Debtors ledger)

This is the ledger in which accounts of individual debtors are kept.

-It is used to record the value of goods sold on credit and the customers to whom the credit sales are made, hence contains the personal names of the debtors.

-It is called a sales ledger because the accounts of debtors kept here in are as a result of sale of goods on credit. An account is kept for each customer to which is debited the value of credit sale. Payment made by the debtor are credited to the account and debited in the cash book.

  • Purchases ledger(creditors ledger)

The purchases ledger contains accounts of creditors i.e. contains the records of the value of goods bought on credit and the suppliers of such goods.

It is a record of the debts payable by the business due to credit purchases.

An account is kept for each creditor to the credit side of which is posted the value of.

  1. b) Impersonal accounts

This category of ledger accounts includes all other accounts that are not personal in nature e.g. buildings, purchases, rent, sales and discounts received.

Impersonal accounts fall into two types

  • Real accounts
  • Nominal accounts
  • Real accounts; These are accounts of tangible assets or property e.g. buildings,land,furniture,fittings,machinery,stock,cash(at bank and in hand)e.t.c

These accounts are also used to draw up the balance sheet.

  • Nominal accounts; These are accounts of items that relate to gains and losses and whose balances at the end of the accounting period.

-All expenses, revenues, sales and purchases are hence nominal accounts.

-The main business expenses include purchases,sales,returns,insurance,stationary,repairs,depreciation,heating,discount allowed, lighting interests,printing,wages,rent,rates and advertising.     

The value of losses is included in the same side as the expenses when drawing up the final accounts though it is not an expense.   

-The income (revenues) include sales,returns,claims out, interest receivable, dividends receivable and commission receivable. Profit is usually categorised together with these incomes when drawing up the final accounts.

Classification of ledger accounts

Many businesses handle few transactions, hence they have few records to keep. Their accounts can thus be kept in a single ledger referred to as the general ledger

As a business grows the volume of transactions increases. This single ledger, therefore, becomes very bulky with accounts and it becomes difficult to make reference to it.

In order to simplify the recording of transactions and facilitate reference to the accounts, ledger accounts are usually classified and each category kept in a special ledger.

NOTE (i) Since many transactions are cash transactions which are normally recorded in the bank and cash accounts a need arises to remove them from the main/general ledger to a separate ledger called the cash book.

(ii)  The number of ledgers kept depends on the size of the business.

Classes of accounts

All accounts can be classified into either personal or impersonal accounts.

  • Personal accounts

-These are account of persons

-They relate to personal, companies or associations.

-They are mainly accounts of debtors and creditors.

 

NOTE: capital account is the proprietors personal account, showing the net worth of the business hence it is a personal account.

-The account balances of these accounts are used to draw up the balance sheet.

-In the ledger, the trial balance total is not affected.

Purpose of a trial balance

The purpose of a trial balance include;

  • Checking the accuracy in the ledger accounts as to whether;

i-The rule of double entry has been adhered to or observed/ complied with.

ii-There are arithmetical errors in the ledger accounts

  • Gives a summary of the ledger i.e. summary of the transactions which have taken place during a given period
  • Provide information (account balances) for preparing final accounts such as the trading account, profit and loss account and the balance sheet.
  • Test whether the ledger account balances have been posted to the right side of the trial balance.

Limitations of a trial balance

Even when the trial balance totals are equal, it does not mean that there are no errors made in the ledgers. This is because there are some errors that do not affect the trial balance.

A trial balance only assures the book keeper that the total of debit entries is equal to total credit entries. The errors that do not affect the trial balances are;

  • Error of total omission; This occurs when a transaction takes place and nothing about it is recorded in the books of accounts i.e. it is completely omitted such that neither a credit nor a debit entry is made in the ledgers.
  • Error of original entry; this occurs where both the debit and credit entries are made using similar but erroneous figures. As the wrong amount is recorded in the two accounts.
  • Error of commission; This occurs where double entry is completed but in the wrong persons accounts especially due to a confusion in names e.g. a debit entry of shs.2000 was made in Otieno’s account instead of Atieno’s account.
  • Compensating errors; These are errors whose effects cancel out e.g. over debiting debtors account by sh.300 and under debiting cash account by sh.300.
  • Complete reversal of entries; This occurs where the account to be debited is credited and the account to be credited is debited e.g. the sale of goods to Lydia on credit may be recorded as follows;

 

Dr.sales a/c

Cr.Lydius a/c              instead of

 

 

Dr.Lydius a/c

Cr.sales a/c

 

  • Error of principle; This is where a transaction is recorded in the wrong account of a different class from the correct one e.g. repairs of machinery was debited in the machinery instead of debiting the repairs account.

TRIAL BALANCE

-A trial balance is a statement prepared at a particular date showing all the debit balances on one column and all the credit balances on another column.

NOTE: A trial balance is not an account but merely a list of assets, expenses and losses on the left and capital liabilities and incomes (including profits) on the right.

-The totals of a trial balance should agree if the double entry has been carried out correctly and there are no arithmetic errors both in the ledger as well as in the trial balance itself.

-If the two sides of a trial balance are not equal, it means there is an error or errors either in the trial balance or in the ledger accounts or in both.

 

Errors that may cause a trial balance not to balance

  • Partial omission; A transaction was recorded on only one account i.e. a debit or a credit entry might have been omitted in one of the affected accounts.
  • Transfering (posting); a wrong balance to a trial balance.
  • Different amounts for the same transaction might have been entered in the accounts(Amount Dr.different from amount cr)
  • Failure to post a balance to the trial balance (omission of a balance from the trial balance.
  • Posting a balance to the wrong side of the trial balance
  • Recording a transaction on the same side of the affected accounts(partial reversal entry)
  • Arithmetic mistakes might have been made when balancing the ledger accounts
  • Arithmetic errors in balancing the trial balance

2013 KCSE CRE PAPER 1 MARKING SCHEME

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (313)

4.10.1  Christian Religious Education Paper 1 (313/1)

  1. (a) The poetic books in the Bible

 

(i)            Job

(ii)           Psalms

(iii)          Proverbs

(iv)          Ecclesiastes

(v)           Song of Solomon.

 

 

 

 

 

 

5×1                         5 marks

 

(b)           Translation of the Bible from the original languages to local languages

(i)            The Old Testament was originally written in Hebrew.

(ii)           The New Testament was originally written in Greek.

(iii)          The Old Testament was translated from Hebrew into Greek.

(iv)          The entire Bible was translated into Latin by Jerome.

(v)                                             The Bible was translated directly from Hebrew and Greek into English by

William Tyndale.

(vi)                                    The Bible was translated into national languages of European countries during

the period of Reformation.

(vii)         It was translated from English into Kiswahili by Dr. Kraph.

(viii)                                   The Bible has been translated into other local languages by the Bible Society of

Kenya/individuals.

4×2                                                                                                                                                            8 marks

(c)           Ways in which Christians use the Bible to spread the Gospel today.

(i)            The Bible is the main source book for Christian sermons.

(ii)           It is used in the writing of Christian literature.

(iii)          The Bible is used when composing songs.

(iv)                                        It is used in the production of Christian movies/videos/radio programs/plays.

(v)           the Bible is used in swearing/taking of oath of allegiance.

(vi)          It is used to organize Bible studies/teaching Sunday/Sabbath schools.

(vii)         Verses from the Bible are used for imprints/posters.

(viii)       The Bible is used in writing of doctrines for different denominations.

(ix)          Biblical texts are used in teaching of Christian Religious Education.

(x)           It is used to offer guidance and counselling.

7×1                                                                                                                                                            7 marks

  1. (a) The incident when Abraham was willing to sacrifice his son Isaac.

(i)                                        God told Abraham to take his only son to the land of Moriah/ to offer him as a

sacrifice.

(ii)           Abraham took his son, two servants and wood for burnt offering.

 

425

 

 

 

(iii)        They arrived at the place after a three day’s journey.

(iv)                  Abraham commanded his servants to remain behind as he and Isaac went up to

worship.

(v)          He took Isaac, the firewood and the knife, and went up.

(vi)                             Isaac asked his father where the lamb for the offering would come from.

(vii)                      Abraham told Isaac that God would provided the lamb for a burnt offering.

(viii)                    When they arrived at the place God had commanded, Abraham built an altar.

(ix)         He bound Isaac/laid him on the altar upon the wood.

(x)                    Abraham took the knife to slay his son but the angel of the Lord stopped him.

(xi)         Abraham saw a ram, which he offered instead of his son.

(xii)       He called the name of the place, The Lord will provide.

(xiii)                  The angle appeared to Abraham a second time and gave him promises because

of his obedience.

(xiv)      Abraham returned with his men to Beersheba.

6×1                                                                                                                                                                  6 marks

(b)                 Differences between Jewish and traditional African practices of circumcision.

(i)          In Jewish Community, circumcision is for male children only whereas in African

practices, it is for both male and female.

(ii)               Among the Jews, circumcision is performed on babies of 8 days old whereas in

traditional African communities, it is done during adolescence stage.

(iii)              In African communities, it is a test of courage, whereas in Jewish community, it

is a sign of covenant with God.

(iv)                  Circumcision in African communities is a communal practice whereas among

the Jews, only members of the immediate family participate.

(v)                         In traditional African communities, initiates take up responsibilities while

among the Jews, the initiates are too young to shoulder any responsibility.

(vi)                        In African communities, circumcision is carried out during specific seasons

while among the Jews, it is continuous.

4×2                                                                                                                                                                  8 marks

(c)           Ways in which Christians Identity themselves in the society today.

(i)           Christians wear specific designs of clothes.

(ii)                                          They abstain from eating some kinds of food/taking some drinks.

(iii)        By carrying/wearing the rosary/cross/the flag/badges/rings.

(iv)         They have special ways of greetings/salutations.

(v)          Through making personal testimonies/pronouncements.

(vi)         By owning specific Bible versions/literature.

(vii)       Through speaking in tongues.

(viii)      Use of specific church designs.

(ix)         Use of different titles/ names.

(x)          Through ways in which they worship.

(xi)         By residing in secluded homes/houses.

6×1                                                                                                                                                                  6 marks

 

 

426

 

 

 

  1. (a) Ways in which prophet Samuel promoted the worship of Yahweh in Israel.

(i)           He prayed/interceded for the people.

(ii)          He mediated between God and the Israelites.

(iii)        He performed priestly duties/made sacrifices.

(iv)         He condemned King Saul for disobeying God.

(v)            He warned the elders of Israel against demanding for a political King/dangers of

rejection.

(iv)         He condemned King Saul for disobeying God.

(v)            He warned the elders of Israel against demanding for a political King/dangers of

(vi)         He anointed kings over Israel.

(vii)       He obeyed God’s command’s /instructions/was exemplary.

4×2                                                                                                                                                                  8 marks

(b)          Effects of idolatry in Israel during the time of Prophet Elijah.

(i)                                    God  raised prophets to bring Israel back to the covenant way of life.

(ii)                                     There was persecution/hostility/towards Yahweh’s people/prophets.

(iii)        Bad prophets/prophetesses were brought to Israel.

(iv)             There was corruption/social injustices/people rejected the covenant way of life.

(v)                                 Israelites practiced Semitism mixed the worship of Yahweh with Baal.

(vi)                          There was drought in Israel for three years as a divine curse on the nation.

(vii)       Israel lost its identity as a nation of God’s people.

(viii)                                        A contest was held at Mount Carmel to prove who was the true God.

(ix)                Elijah fled the country/was sustained by God’s power during the period of the

drought.

6×1                                                                                                                                                                  6 marks

(c)            Lessons Christians learn about social justice from the story of Naboth’s vineyard.

(i)                                 Christians should not use their position in leadership to acquire wealth

irregulary/falsely.

(ii)          Christians should protect the poor against corrupt leaders.

(iii)               They should safe guard property received through inheritance/according to the

law.

(iv)                            They should not be misled by their friends/relatives to go against the law.

(v)                                      Christians should execute justice/protest rights/freedom of citizens.

(vi)         they should condemn all forms of injustice in the society.

(vii)                         Christians should champion/fight for the rights of the weak in the society.

(viii)      There is punishment for those who exploit the poor/others.

6×1                                                                                                                                                                  6 marks

  1. (a) Characteristics of false prophets in the Old Testament,

(i)           False prophets did not have a divine call/raised themselves.

(ii)          They spoke falsehoods/lies.

(iii)        They prophesied out of their own minds/imaginations.

 

427

 

 

 

(iv)                                             They prophesied what the people wanted to hear/according to circumstances.

(v)           They misled people from the covenant way of life/promoted idolatry.

(vii)         They hindered the work of true prophets.

(viii)       They worked for material gain/paid for their services.

(ix)          Their prophecies were not fulfilled.

6×1                                                                                                                                                                  6 marks

(b)           The teaching of Prophet Amos on Israel’s election.

(i)            Israel’s election was out of God’s own initiative/favour for them.

(ii)           God delivered the Israelites out of bondage in Egypt.

(iii)          He led them during the exodus.

(iv)          He protected them in the wilderness.

(v)           He defeated all their enemies.

(vi)          God gave them special land to inherit.

(vii)         God raised prophets among them to lead them in their religious life.

(viii)       God was to punish the Israelites because of their disobedience.

6×1                                                                                                                                                                  6 marks

(c)           Factors that hinder Christians from  practicing their faith in God.

 

(i)            Lack of role-models/mentorship.

(ii)           Job commitment.

(iii)          Social injustices.

(iv)          Peer pressure.

(v)           False teachings/different interpretation of the Bible.

(vi)          Greed for power/wealth.

(vii)         Permissiveness in society.

(viii)       Science and technology.

(ix)          Poverty/unemployment.

(x)           Sickness/ill health.

(xi)          Influence from mass media.

(xii)         Cultural influence/Ethnicity/Racism.

(xiii)       Gender bias.

(xiv)        Generation gap.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8×1                         8 marks

 

  1. (a) The measures taken by Nehemiah to restore the Jewish Community after the completion

of the wall of Jerusalem.

(i)                                         Nehemiah organized for the Mosaic law to be read/interpreted to the people.

(ii)                                          He led the Jews in the renewal/celebration of the Feast of Booths /Shelters.

(iii)          The people fasted/held a national day of confession of their sins.

(iv)                                              The covenant was sealed through signing of the agreement by Nehemiah/

leaders.

(v)           He led the people in taking of an oath of obedience to the Mosaic law/

contribution towards the maintenance of the temple.

(vi)          Nehemiah re-distributed the inhabitants of Jerusalem/the countryside.

428

 

 

 

(vii)                           He dedicated the walls /the gates of Jerusalem in a ceremonial procession.

(viii)                                 Through the reading of the law, the Jews isolated themselves from the

foreigners.

(ix)                              Nehemiah cleansed the temple/brought back the Levites/singers to their

positions.

(x)                    He stopped traders from carrying out commercial activities at the temple gates

on the Sabbath day.

(xi)                           Nehemiah made the Jews take an oath not to marry children to foreigners.

7×1                                                                                                                                                                  7 marks

(b)                    Why Nehemiah introduced the Policy of separation of Jews from foreigners.

(i)           Nehemiah wanted to keep the Jewish community pure.

(ii)            The Jews were a minority group which needed to preserve their identity/culture.

(iii)                                  Nehemiah wanted to separate/unite the Jews who returned from exile.

(iv)         To solve conflicts over land ownership.

(v)          Intermarriage would lead the Jews into idolatry.

(vi)         The law of Moses was against association with foreigners.

(vii)                           Children born out of intermarriage could not speak the Hebrew language.

(viii)      Religious reforms could not be effectively carried out.

4×2                                                                                                                                                                  8 marks

(c)                Ways in which the government of Kenya supports church leaders in their work.

(i)                                    The government gives financial/material assistance for development.

(ii)          The government supports church-sponsored institutions.

(iii)        By setting land aside for construction of church facilities.

(iv)         The government allows freedom of worship.

(v)                                  By availing facilities to host church workshops/seminars/conferences.

(vi)         By including CRE in the curriculum.

(vii)                  By employing some of them as Chaplains in education institutions and in the

armed forces.

(viii)      Organizing national prayer days.

(ix)         Supporting leaders in conducting their charitable services.

(x)          Through the development of the infrastructure.

(xi)                       The government has granted permission to the church to operate electronic/

media station.

(xii)       The government recognizes the church calender.

5×1                                                                                                                                                                  5 marks

  1. (a) Causes of death in traditional African Communities.

(i)           Curses

(ii)          Witchcraft

(iii)        Sorcery/magic

(iv)         Breaking of taboos

(v)          Failure to perform certain taboos

(vi)         Breaking of an oath

(vii)       Offending the ancestors

429

 

 

 

 

(viii)       Natural calamity

(ix)          Wars and raids.

 

 

6×1                         6 marks

 

(b)              Significance of rituals performed after the death of a person in traditional African

Communities.

(i)            Wailing/crying is a sign of sorrow/announcing death.

(ii)           Making sacrifices to appease the ancestors/deceased.

(iii)                    Prayers are made to ask the ancestors to accept the dead in the world of spirits.

(iv)                     Sharing of members of the bereaved family signify new life in the community.

(v)           Singing and dancing depict anger towards death/in praise of the dead.

(vi)          Washing/oiling of the body before burial shows respect to the departed .

(vii)                   Burying of the dead in the ancestral land shows that one is still a member of the

community.

(viii)       Burying the dead with personal belongings symbolizes life after death.

(ix)                            Driving of cattle/livestock shows chasing away of evil spirits which caused

death.

(x)           Feasting/drinking is meant to bid farewell to the dead.

(xi)                        Breaking of pots/destruction of property symbolizes the disorder brought by

death.

(xiii)       Sharing of deceased’s property among relatives as a sign of solidarity.

(xiv)                                Lighting of fire signifies chasing away evil spirits/warning spirits of the

deceased.

(xiv)        Pouring of libation shows continuity of life.

7×1                                                                                                                                                            =                                                                                                                                            7 marks

(c)     Moral Values promoted during Funeral Ceremonies in traditional African Communities

 

(i)            Cooperation/unity

(ii)           Responsibility

(iii)          Respect

(iv)          Obedience

(v)           Loyalty

(vi)          Honesty

(vii)         Courage

(viii)       Love

(ix)          Faith/trust

(x)           Hope

(xi)          Thankfulness

(xii)         Self control

(xiii)       Generosity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7×1    =                   7 marks

 

 

 

4.10.2  Christian Religious Education Paper 2 (313/2)

  1. (a) The annunciation of the birth of John the baptist.

(i)                                           Angel Gabriel appeared to Zechariah as he performed his priestly duties in the

temple;

(ii)           The angel stood by the right side of the alter;

(iii)          Zechariah was filled with fear when he saw the angel;

(iv)          The angel told him not to be afraid because his prayer had been heard;

(v)                                              The angel told Zechariah that the wife would bear him a son/the son would be

called John;

(vi)          The angel informed Zechariah the work/qualities of the son to be born.

(vii)                                                Zechariah did not believe the angel’s message because he and his wife were

advanced in age;

(viii)                                               The angel revealed his identity as Gabriel who had been sent by God to bring

the message.

(ix)                                                     Because of his unbelief, the angel made him dumb until the baby is born.

6 x 1 = 6 marks

(b)             What Christians learn about the person and mission of John the baptist from the

message of angel Gabriel to Zechariah.

 

(i)            John would bring joy/gladness to many people;

(ii)           He would be great before God;

(iii)          John would be a Nazarite/would not drink any wine;

(iv)          He would be filled with the Holy spirit;

(v)           He would reconcile the Israelites with God.

(vi)          He would have the spirit/power of Elijah.

(vii)         He would bring justice;

(viii)       He would prepare people for the coming of the Messiah.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6 x 1 = 6 marks

 

(c)             Ways in which the church in Kenya assists families to cope with challenges facing

them

(i)                       The church organises seminars/workshops for different groups on family life;

(ii)           Offering guidance and counselling;

(iii)          Paying visits to families;

(iv)          Producing/disseminating literature on proper christian living;

(v)           Preaching financial/material support to the ready families;

(vi)          Giving financial/material support to the ready families;

(vii)         Praying for the families;

(viii)       Providing vocational training;

(ix)          Offering employment to jobless people;

(x)           Condemning vices which threaten families.

8 x 1 = 8 marks

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

  1. (a) The call of the first disciples of Jesus (Luke 5: 1-11)

(i)           Jesus was standing by the lake of Gennesaret;

(ii)          He saw two boats without the fishermen;

(iii)                                                    He entered Simon’s boat/asked them to push it into the water;

(iv)         He sat down/taught people from the boat;

(v)                    He asked Simon to push the boat into the deep water/cast the nets for a catch;

(vi)                     Simon told Jesus that they had been fishing the whole night without success;

(vii)       He obeyed Jesus’ command/let the nets down;

(viii)                      They caught a lot of fish/asked their partners in the other boat to assist them

remove the nets.

(ix)         They filled both boats with fish/the boats began to sink;

(x)                   Simon Peter and his companions were astonished at the  miraculous catch of

fish/Peter asked Jesus to depart from him because he was sinful man.

(xi)                                Jesus told Peter not to be afraid because he was to catch men from then;

(xii)       They brought their boats to land/followed Jesus.

8 x 1 = 8 marks

(b)          Reasons why Jesus chose the twelve disciples

(i)           In order to teach them the secrets of the Kingdom of God.

(ii)          To have companions/person assistants;

(iii)                          To form an inner grap which should assist him during his public ministry;

(iv)         To be witnesses to his saving acts in the world;

(v)                                         To reveal his person/give a new understanding of his messiahship;

(vi)                                                   It symbolised the reconstruction of the twelve tribes of Israel.

(vii)       To train/prepare them for the mission after his death.

(viii)      To lay a foundation for the establishment of the church.

(ix)              To continue with the biblical theme of election in which God chooses anyone to

serve him.

6 x 1 = 6 marks

(c).         Lessons that christians learn from the call of the first disciples.

(i)                              Christians learn that God chooses anyone regardless of their status in the

society;

(ii)                              He gives them duties/responsibilities to serve him in various capacities;

(iii)        They should be obedient to Jesus’ instructions/commands;

(iv)         Christians should be humble/accept their weaknesses;

(v)          They learn that God can intervene in their lives;

(vi)         Christians should work together as a team;

(vii)       God reveals himself in everyday activities;

(viii)                      Christians should be ready to abandon forsake their past lives fort he sake of

Christ.

(ix)         They should respond to Jesus’ call instantly/immediately.

6 x 1 = 6 marks

 

 

432

 

 

 

  1. (a) Jesus’ teaching on watchfulness and readiness

(i)           Believers should be dressed for his coming;

(ii)          They should keep their lamps burning;

(iii)        They should be awake/alert;

(iv)         Those who are found waiting

(v)                            They should be prepared at all times since they do not know the time for

Christ’s coming;

(vi)       Believers should continue working until Christ comes back;

(vii)                         The servants/believers who are drunkards/mistreat fellow workers will be

punished;

(viii)                      Those who know what is required of them/their masters will and fail to do it

will receive a severe beating;

(ix)                      Believers are expected to respond to God according to how much they have

received from Him.

(x)                 Those who do wrong out of ignorance will receive lesser beatings/punishment.

8 x 1 = 8 marks

(b)          The parable of the widow and the unjust judge

(i)                                                   There was a judge who neither feared God nor regarded man;

(ii)                    There was a widow who kept on coming to the judge to settle a case between

her and her enemies/adversaries;

(iii)        The judge at first refused to grant the request of the widow;

(iv)         The widow did not give up/persisted on her request;

(v)                                       The judge was afraid of getting warn out by the widows’ insistence;

(vi)         The judge finally accepted to grant the widow her request.

(vii)               Jesus said that God would vindicate/grant the request of those who pray to Him

persistently;

(viii)                                  Jesus said that God responds to these who pray to Him in faith speedily.

6 x 1= 6 marks

(c)           Reasons why Christians should have faith in god

(i)           God fulfills the promises he makes to human beings;

(ii)          Faith is a requirement for all Christians;

(iii)        Those who pray in faith receive their request;

(iv)         Christians are dependent on God for all things;

(v)          Faith is a sign of commitment to God;

(vi)                     It is through faith, in God that Christians can perform miracles/great things.

(vii)       Christians who have faith in God can be saved/healed;

(viii)                              Faith in God helps Christians to overcome temptations/face challenges/

persecutions;

 

 

 

 

433

 

 

 

(ix)                                                    Faith in God enables the Christians to wait patiently for second coming of

Jesus/Kingdom of God.

6 x 1 =6 marks

  1. (a) The gifts of the holy spirit

 

(i)            Word of Wisdom;

(ii)           Word of Knowledge;

(iii)          Gift of Faith;

(iv)          Gift of Healing;

(v)           Gift of working miracles;

(vi)          Gift of Prophecy;

(vii)         Gift of speaking in tongues;

(viii)       Interpreting of tongues;

(x)           Distinguishing between spirits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 x 1 = 8 marks

 

(b)            How the life of peter was transformed on the day of pentecost

(i)            He was filled  with the power of the Holy Spirit;

(ii)           He spoke in tongues;

(iii)          He defended the apostles that they were not drunk;

(iv)          Peter become courageous;

(v)           He preached the word of God;

(vi)          He became a witness of the work/death and resurrection of Jesus Christ;

(vii)         He was able to remember/narrate old testament scriptures;

(viii)       He gained wisdom/advised the people on what to do.

6 x 1 =6 marks

(c) Ways in which the gifts of the holy spirit are abused in the church today

(i)            Some Christians pretend that they have a certain gift of the Holy spirit;

(ii)           By asking for payment before healing the sick;

(iii)          Christians misuse the gift of prophecy by giving wrong information;

(iv)                      Some Christians may impart demonic powers on the innocent/ignorant as they

claim to perform miracles;

(v)           Some Christians who possess the gifts of the Holy spirit develop pride/

arrogance;

(vi)                               Some use the gifts to bring division in the church/creating splinter groups;

(vii)                          Some Christians refuse to utilize the gifts they posses/personalize the gifts;

(viii)                         Speaking in tongues during worship leads to disorder/confusion if the tongues

are not interepreted/understood.

6 x 1 = 6 marks

 

 

 

 

 

 

434

 

 

 

  1. (a) Importance of Leisure

(i)            Leisure enables an individual to spend time with God;

(ii)           It enables one to rest the body;

(iii)          It helps one to rejuvenate/regain lost energy;

(iv)          It offers an opportunity for one to socialise with friends/family;

(v)           People are able to discover new ideas/information during leisure time;

(vi)          It gives one opportunity to develop talents;

(vii)         It enables one to serve others/the needy;

(viii)       It provides an opportunity for one to take care of the environment;

(ix)          It helps to maintain/improve one’s health.

6 x 1 = 6 marks

(b)                            Leisure activities common to Christianity and Traditional African Communities

 

(i)            Singing/dancing;

(ii)           Storytelling/proverbs/riddles;

(iii)          Sporting activities;

(vi)          Visiting/travelling;

(v)           Weaving/Basketing/Crafts;

(vi)          Retreats;

(vii)         Gardening;

(viii)       Buying/exchange of goods;

(ix)          Taking siesta;

(x)           Education/training.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7 x 1 = 7 marks

 

(c)           The dangers of using illicit drugs in Kenya today:

(i)            There is an increase in rate of  crimes committed;

(ii)                     Use of illicit drugs leads to sexual immorality/contracting sexually transmitted

infections/HIV and Aids;

(iii)          Dependence on illicit drugs depletes resources leading to poverty;

(iv)          Illicit drugs can damage vital organs;

(v)           Illicit drugs causes indiscipline in institutions of learning;

(vi)                  The number of street children/families is increasing as a result of using the drugs

(vii)         Use of illicit drugs is illegal/the offenders are liable for punishment;

(viii)       Use of illicit drugs can cause employer/employee conflicts;

(ix)                       Illicit drug users become irresponsible/quarrelsome/irritable leading to family

disagreements/breakup.

(x)           Use of illicit drugs can lead to murder/death.

7 x 1 = 7 marks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

435

 

 

  1. (a) How science and technology has improved human life.

(i)                                           Modern means of transport enables human beings to travel faster;

(ii)                Use of electronic/print media: human beings are able to access/pass information

to large audience;

(iii)                                   Use of industrial machines enables work to be done faster/efficiently;

(iv)             Use of fertilizers/Agricultural machinery has led to increased production/yields/

preservation of food.

(v)                                Use of medicine/medical equipment has prolonged human life/reduces

suffering;

(vi)                                      Use of equipment related to weather forecast assists human beings in

understanding their environment;

(vii)       New sources of energy have enhanced human life.

4 x 2 = 8 marks

(b)          Reasons why Christians are opposed to euthanasia

(i)                  God is the only one who gives life and thus should be the one to take it away.

(ii)            Euthanasia equals to murder which is biblically  condemned/Thou shall not kill.

(iii)        It destroys God’s image in human beings;

(iv)                      Human judgement is limited and therefore cannot make correct decision on

terminating the life of others;

(v)                          Medical ethics only allows a doctor to sustain life and not to take it away;

(vi)         It is against Jesus’ mission on earth to heal the sick;

(vii)               Suffering is part of a christian’s life from the teachings of Jesus and therefore it

cannot be used to justify euthanasia;

(viii)      The works of mercy involve saving life/not destroying it;

(ix)         It is a constitutional right to uphold human life.

6 x 1 = 6 marks

(c)           Ways in which Christians can help to control desertification

(i)                                    Christians need to practise afforestation/reafforestation programmes;

(ii)          By practising agro-forestry;

(iii)                                       Using alternative sources of energy as opposed to charcoal/firewood.

(iv)                                Providing education to the public or how to preserve the environment;

(v)          Participating in environmental conservation programme;

(vi)                         Donating/giving financial assistance to bodies that control desertification;

(vii)       Protecting all water catchment areas;

(viii)      Carrying/practising better methods of farming;

(ix)         Reporting cases of forest destruction to relevant authorities;

(x)                         By participating in the enactment of laws on environmental conservation;

(xi)            Providing guidance and counselling/advice to those involved in activities related

to environmental degradation.

6 x 1 = 6 marks

Agriculture Form Two Schemes of Work {As per new School Calendar)

AGRIC, F2, T1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REFERENCES: Longhorn Secondary Agriculture Book , Golden Tips KCSE Agriculture, Certificate Agriculture Book, KLB Top Mark Agriculture, KLB Secondary Agriculture, Teacher’s Guide

 

 

WK

LSN

 

 

TOPIC

 

 

SUB-TOPIC

 

 

 

OBJECTIVES

 

L/ACTIVITIES

 

L/T AIDS

 

REFERENCE

 

REMARKS

 

1

 

1

 

Soil Fertility

 

Essential elements

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

List essential elements

Classify the essential elements

 

Listing essential elements

Classifying the essential elements

 

Students book

Charts on classification of essential minerals

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 1,6

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2  pg 1-2

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 1-2

Teachers guide pg 33-36

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 37, 39

Top mark Agriculture page 37

 
   

2-3

 

Soil Fertility (II)

 

Essential elements

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the role of each macro-element

Describe the deficiency symptoms of the macro-nutrients

 

Stating the role of macro-elements

Describing the deficiency symptoms of the macro-nutrients

 

Photographs

Tables in student books

Plant samples

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 1-5

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 2-5

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 2-12

Teachers guide pg 33-36

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 1-4

Top mark Agriculture page 37-38

 
 

2

 

1

 

Soil Fertility (I)

 

Essential elements

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

State the role of each micro-element

Describe the deficiency symptoms of the macro-nutrients

 

Stating the role of micro nutrients

Describing their deficiency symptoms

 

Photographs

Tables in the students book

Plant samples

KLB secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 6-7

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 1-2

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 10-11

Teachers guide pg 33-36

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 66-68

Top mark Agriculture page 75

 
   

2-3

 

Soil Fertility (II)

 

Inorganic fertilizers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Classify fertilizers

Identify fertilizers

Describe the properties of various fertilizers

 

Classifying fertilizers

Identifying fertilizers

Describing the properties of various fertilizers

 

Photographs of fertilizers

Students book

Fertilizers samples

KLB secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 7-12

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 5-8

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 11-18

Teachers guide pg 36-38

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 66-70

 
 

3

 

1

 

Soil Fertility (II)

 

Inorganic fertilizers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State methods of fertilizer application

Explaining various methods of fertilizer application

 

Stating various methods

Explaining various methods of fertilizer application

Describing the various methods of fertilizer application

 

School farm

Buckets

Fertilizer samples

Panga

Soil

Spade

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 12-13

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 9

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 18-21

Teachers guide pg 36-38

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 70

 
   

2-3

 

Soil Fertility (II)

 

Inorganic fertilizers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Calculate the fertilizer grade

Calculate fertilizer ratio

Determine fertilizer amount per lecture

 

Calculating fertilizer rates

 

School farm

Students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 6-7

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 1-2

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 10-11

Teachers guide pg 33-36

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 66-68

Top mark Agriculture page 75

 
 

4

 

1

 

Soil Fertility

 

Soil Sampling

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define soil sampling

Explain the sampling methods

Describe sampling procedures

 

Defining soil sampling

Explain the sampling methods

Describing sampling procedures

 

Charts

Soil samples

Students book

Polythene bags

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 20-21

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 11

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 23-24

Teachers guide pg 39-41

Top mark Agriculture page 41-42

 
   

2-3

 

Soil Fertility

 

Soil testing

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define soil testing

Explain the importance of soil testing

Describe soil testing procedure

Explain how soil PH affects crop production

 

Defining soil testing

Explaining the importance of soil testing

Describing soil testing procedure

Explaining how

 

Test tubes

Diagrams in students book

Distilled water

Soil testing reagents

PH scale

KLB secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 22-26

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 12-13

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 24-28

Teachers guide pg 39-41

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 71

Top mark Agriculture page 42

 
 

5

 

1

 

Crop Production (II)

 

Planting materials

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Describe types of planting materials

State advantages and disadvantages of planting materials

 

Describing types of planting materials

Stating the advantages and disadvantages

 

Seed samples

Vegetative parts

Students book

School farm

KLB secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 27-28

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 15-17

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 1 pg 33-35

Teachers guide pg 45-46

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 28

 
   

2-3

 

Crop production (II)

 

Planting materials

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

State various parts used for vegetative propagation

Describe various parts used for vegetative propagation

 

Stating various parts

Describing various parts used for vegetative propagation

 

School farm

Various vegetative parts

Diagrams in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 29-34

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 15-17

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 35-40

Teachers guide pg 45-47

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 29-30

 
 

6

 

1

 

Crop Production (II)

 

Selection of planting materials

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Select planting materials

 

Selecting planting materials

 

Tape measure

Student’s books

School farm

Planting line

Seed dressers

Planting materials

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 34-35

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 18-19

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 35-40

Teachers guide pg 47-48

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 30

 
  2-3  

Crop Production (II)

 

Preparation of Planting

Breaking seed dormancy

Dressing

Seed inoculation

chitin

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Prepare planting materials

Determine optimum planting time

Describe methods of planting

 

 

 

Preparing planting materials

Determining optimum planting time

Describing methods of planting

 

Planting line

Tape measure

Planting materials

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 35-39

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 20-22

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 49-50

Teachers guide pg 35-39

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 30-32

 
 

7

 

1

 

Crop production (II)

 

Plant population

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Calculate plant population of various crops

 

Calculating plant population

 

Charts

School farm

Seeds for planting

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 29-34

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 26

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 49-50

Teachers guide pg 50-51

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 32

 
   

2-3

 

Crop Production (II)

 

Spacing seed rate planting depth

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State factors determining spacing, seed rate and depth

Explain the factors which determine spacing depth and seed rate

 

Stating factors

Explaining factors which determine spacing, depth and seed rate

 

Tape measure

School farm

Panga

Jembe

Students book diagram

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 42-45

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 24-26

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 50-54

Teachers guide pg 51-52

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 32-33

 
 

8

 

1

 

Crop Production (III) Nursery practices

 

Nursery practices

Nursery bed

Seed bed

Seedling bed

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define nursery practices

Describe nursery bed, seed bed and seedling bed

Distinguish between nursery, seedling and seed bed

 

Garden tools

School farm

Nursery beds

Students book

Diagrams on the students book

charts

 

garden tools

school farm

nursery beds

students book

diagrams on the students book

charts

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 46

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 28

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 56-57

Teachers guide pg 54-56

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 34

 
   

2-3

 

Crop Production (III) Nursery Practices

 

Nursery bed

Importance

Site selection

Vegetable nurseries

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the importance of nursery in crop propagation

Select a suitable site for the nursery

Prepare a nursery bed for vegetables

 

Stating importance of nursery

Selecting suitable sites for nursery

Preparing nursery bed for vegetables

 

 

Nursery beds

School farm

Diagrams from students books

Garden tools

Students books

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 46-49

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 28-29

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 57-58

Teachers guide pg 54-56

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 34-35

Top mark Agriculture page 34

 
 

9

 

1

 

Crop Production (III) Nursery Practices

 

Nursery establishment

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

© Education Plus Agencies

Establish a vegetable nursery

Establish a tree nursery

 

Establishing a vegetable and a tree nursery

 

Charts

Diagrams from students book

School farm

School nurseries

Boxes

Grass

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 48-49

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 29-32

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 58-60

Teachers guide pg 54-56

Top mark Agriculture page 34

 
  2-3 Crop production (III) Nursery Establishment By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Establish tea nursery using cuttings

Manage a nursery bed

Establishing tea nursery using cuttings

Managing nursery bed

Tea cuttings photographs

School farm

Diagrams from students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 49-51

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 30-32

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 60-62

Teachers guide pg 54-58

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 35

 
 

10

 

1

 

Crop production (III)

 

Grafting

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define grafting

Describe the methods of grafting

Give reasons for grafting

 

Defining grafting

Describing methods of grafting

Giving reasons for grafting

 

Knives

Grafting materials

Students book

Raising boxes

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 53-55

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 35-36

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 64-65

Teachers guide pg 58-59

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 36

Top mark Agriculture page 35-36

 
   

2-3

   

Budding

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define budding

Describe methods of budding

State the importance of budding

 

Defining budding

Describing methods of budding

Giving reasons for budding

 

School farm

Water

Budding materials

Students book

knives

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 55-58

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 34-35

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 66-70

Teachers guide pg 57-59

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 36

Top mark Agriculture page 35

 
 

11

 

1

 

Crop Production (III)

 

layering

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define layering

Describe methods of layering

State the importance of layering

 

Defining layering

Describing methods of layering

Giving importance of layering

 

Peg

Strings

School farm

Root medium

Student books

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 58-60

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 41-44

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 71-72

Teachers guide pg 59

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 36-37

Top mark Agriculture page 35

 
   

2-3

 

Crop production (III)

 

Tissue culture

Transplanting seedlings

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define tissue culture

Explain importance of tissue culture in crop propagation

Describe the procedure of transplanting seedlings

 

Defining tissue culture

Explaining importance of tissue culture

Describing procedure of transplanting seedlings

 

School farm

Garden trowel

School nursery

Seedlings

Diagrams

Students books

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 61-66

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 41-44

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 72-77

Teachers guide pg 60-61

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 36-37

Top mark Agriculture page 35

 
12

13

  TOPICAL REVISION  
14   END OF TERM ONE EXAMINATIONS  
15   CLOSING  

 

 

AGRIC, F2, T2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REFERENCES: Longhorn Secondary Agriculture Book , Golden Tips KCSE Agriculture, Certificate Agriculture Book, KLB Top Mark Agriculture, KLB Secondary Agriculture, Teacher’s Guide

 

 

WK

LSN

 

 

TOPIC

 

 

SUB-TOPIC

 

 

 

OBJECTIVES

 

L/ACTIVITIES

 

L/T AIDS

 

REFERENCE

 

REMARKS

 

1

 

1

 

Crop Production (IV) Field practices

 

Crop Rotation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define crop rotation

Explain the importance of crop rotation

State principles of crop rotation

 

Defining crop rotation

Explaining the importance of crop rotation

Stating principles of crop rotation

 

Charts

School farm

Diagrams in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 67-68

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 50

Teachers guide pg 59

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 40

Top mark Agriculture page 43

 
   

2-3

 

Crop production (IV) field practices

 

Crop Rotation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Identify factors influencing crop rotation

Draw a crop rotation programme

Distinguish terms used in crop farming

 

Identifying factors influencing crop rotation

Drawing a crop rotation progamme

Distinguishing terms used in crop farming

 

Photographs

Charts

School farm

Diagrams in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 69-71

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 50-51

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 79-80

Teachers guide pg 84-88

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 40-42

 
 

2

 

1

 

Field Practices

 

Mulching

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define mulching

State the importance of mulching

 

Defining mulching

Stating the importance of mulching

 

 

 

Samples of mulch

School farm

Photograph in students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 71-72

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 51-52

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 82-84

Teachers guide pg 59

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 36-37

Top mark Agriculture page 43

 

 
 

 

 

2-3

 

Field Practices

 

Routine

Field practices

Thinning

Gapping

Training

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the various routine practices

Describe importance of field practices

Carry out field practices

 

Stating various routine practices

Describing importance of field practices

Carrying out field practices

 

School farm

Pruning saw

Pruning knives

Jembes

Diagrams in students book

wire

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 72-74

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F1 pg 52-54

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 88-90

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 36-37

Top mark Agriculture page 44

 
 

3

 

1

 

Field Practices

 

Pruning

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define pruning

Give reasons for pruning

Describe procedure of pruning

 

Defining pruning

Giving reasons for pruning

Describing the procedure of pruning

 

Running tools

School farm

Diagrams in the students book

secateurs

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 73-75

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 41-44

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 91-93

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 42-43

Top mark Agriculture page 44

 
   

2-3

 

Field practices

 

Tea Pruning

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe methods of pruning in tea

Describe plucking table formation

 

Describe methods of pruning in tea

Describing the plucking table formation

Note taking

Demonstration of plucking table formation

 

Pegs

Rings

School farm

Charts

Diagrams in the students book

Photographs

farms

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 76-80

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 54-57

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 93-96

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 43

 
 

4

 

1

 

Field practices

 

Coffee pruning

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Give reasons for pruning coffee

Describing the methods of pruning coffee

 

Giving reasons for pruning coffee

Describing the methods of pruning coffee

 

Farms

Photographs

Diagrams in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 81-84

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 57-59

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 96-98

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 43-44

 
   

2-3

 

Field practices

 

Pruning in bananas

Pruning pyrethrum

Earthling up

Weed control

Pest and disease control

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe how to carry out the routine field practices

State the importance of each practices

 

Stating the importance of various practices

Describing how to carry out the routine field practices

  KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 85-87

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 60

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 98-101

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Top mark Agriculture page 44

 
 

5

 

1

 

Field Practices

 

Harvesting

 

By the end of the lesson, the end of the learner should be able to

State the stage of harvesting

Explain timing of harvesting

Describe the methods of harvesting

 

Stating the stage of harvesting

Explaining timing of harvesting

Describing harvesting methods

 

Crops

Photographs in students book

Diagrams in the students book

School farm

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 73-75

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 60

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 101-104

Teachers guide pg 68

Top mark Agriculture page 44-45

 
   

2-3

 

Field Practices

 

Post harvesting practices

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

explain post harvesting practices

state importance of storage

describe storage methods

 

 

explaining post harvesting practices

stating importance of storage

describing harvesting methods

 

crops

photographs in students book

diagrams in the students book

school farm

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 90-94

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 60-66

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 103-105

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Top mark Agriculture page 45

 
 

6

 

1

 

Crop production (V) vegetables

 

Cabbages/kales

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State importance of vegetables

Describe the production of the vegetable crop from nursery to harvesting

Keep crop production records

Market the vegetable  produce

 

 

Stating importance of vegetables

Describing vegetable production

Keeping crop production record

marketing the vegetable produce

 

pesticides

herbicides

fertilizers

photographs

students book

school farm

crops

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 96-99

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 74-78

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 107-111

Teachers guide pg 72-75

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 47-48

Top mark Agriculture page 45

 
   

2-3

 

Crop production (V) vegetable

 

Cabbages/Kales

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

State importance of vegetables

Describe the production of the vegetable crops from nursery to harvesting

Keep crop production records

Market the vegetable produce

 

Stating importance of vegetables

Describing vegetable production

Keeping crop production records

Marketing the vegetable produce

 

Pesticides

Herbicides

Fertilizers

Photographs

Diagrams from the students book

Crops

School farm

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 96-99

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 60-66

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 107-111

Teachers guide pg 72-75

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 47-48

 
 

7

 

1

 

Crop production (V) vegetables production

 

Tomatoes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the importance of tomatoes

Describe the production of tomatoes from nursery to harvesting

Keep crop production records

Market the produce

 

Stating the importance of tomatoes

Describing tomatoes production

Keeping crop production records

Marketing the produce

 

Photographs

Students book

School farm

Garden tolls

Pesticides

Herbicides

fertilizers

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 100-106

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 67-71

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 112-115

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 48-49

 
   

2-3

 

Crop production (V) vegetable production

 

Carrots

onions

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

State importance of carrots and onions

Describe the production of tomatoes from nursery to harvesting

Keep crop production records

Market the produce

 

Stating the importance of carrots & onions

Describing their production

Keeping crop production records

Marketing the produce

 

School farm

Garden tools

Pesticides

Herbicides

Fertilizers

photographs

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 90-94

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 60-66

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 103-105

Teachers guide pg 67-68

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 42-43

Top mark Agriculture page 48-49

 
 

8

 

1

 

Livestock Health (I) Disease

 

Health disease

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Define health and disease

State the importance of livestock health

State the predisposing factors of diseases

 

Defining health and disease

Stating the importance of livestock health

Stating the predisposing factors of diseases

 

Livestock species

Farm

Students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 115-119

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 82-85

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 121-122

Teachers guide pg 77

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 52

Top mark Agriculture page 80

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock health (i) disease

 

Signs of ill/good health in livestock

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Describe signs of sickness in livestock

Describe signs of good health in livestock

 

Describing signs of sickness in livestock

Describing signs of good health in livestock

 

Livestock species

Farm animals

Diagrams in the students book

Farm

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 116-119

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 82-85

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 123-124

Teachers guide pg 77

Top mark Agriculture page 80

 
 

9

 

1

 

Livestock Health (Disease)

 

Classification of livestock diseases

Causes of livestock diseases

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Explain the causes of livestock diseases

Classify livestock diseases

 

Explaining causes of livestock diseases

Classifying livestock diseases

 

Student book

Chart

Farm animals

Tables in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 120-125

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 86-88

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 123-124

Teachers guide pg 77

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 52-53

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock Health (disease)

 

General methods of disease control

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the various methods of disease control

Carry out disease control measures

 

Describing methods of disease control

Carrying out disease control

 

Livestock tolls

Farm animals

Students book

Diagrams in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 125-128

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 89-91

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 126-127

Teachers guide pg 78-79

Top mark Agriculture page 80

 
 

10

 

1-3

 

Livestock Health (Disease)

 

Appropriate methods of handling livestock

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the reasons why animals are handled

Explain the reasons why animals are handled

 

Stating the reasons

Explaining the reasons why animals are handles

 

Farms animals

Charts

Diagrams in students book

Photographs

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 129

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 92

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 128-133

Teachers guide pg 79-80

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 54

Top mark Agriculture page 81

 
 

11

 

1-3

 

Livestock Health (Disease)

 

Appropriate methods of handling livestock

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State various methods of handling livestock

Demonstrate a caring attitude towards livestock

 

Stating various methods of handling livestock

Demonstrating a caring attitude towards livestock0

 

Diagrams in the students books

Farm animals photographs

Charts

Students books

LB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 129-132

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 95-96

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 128-133

Teachers guide pg 79-80

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 54

 
12   TOPICAL REVISION  
13   END OF TERM TWO EXAMINATIONS  
14   CLOSING  

 

 

AGRIC, F2, T3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REFERENCES: Longhorn Secondary Agriculture Book , Golden Tips KCSE Agriculture, Certificate Agriculture Book, KLB Top Mark Agriculture, KLB Secondary Agriculture, Teacher’s Guide

 

 

WK

LSN

 

 

TOPIC

 

 

SUB-TOPIC

 

 

 

OBJECTIVES

 

L/ACTIVITIES

 

L/T AIDS

 

REFERENCE

 

REMARKS

 

1

 

1

 

Livestock Health II (Parasites)

 

Host parasite relationship

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define parasites

Explain their effects on host

 

Defining a parasite

Explaining the effects of parasites

 

Farm animals

Parasite specimen students book

Photographs

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 133-134

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 98

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 134

Teachers guide pg 83

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 56

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock Health (II) parasites

 

Types of parasites –External parasites ticks

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Identify types of ticks

Describe the life cycle of the parasite

Identify the livestock attacked

State the control measures

 

Identifying types of ticks

Describing the life cycle of the parasite

Identifying the livestock attacked stating the control measures

 

Parasite specimen

Photographs

Students book

Farm animals

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 138-143

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 98-102

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 135-139

Teachers guide pg 83-85

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 56-58

Top mark Agriculture page 82

 
 

2

 

1

 

Livestock Health (Parasites)

 

External parasites

Tsetse fly

mites

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the life cycle of parasite

Identify the livestock attacked

State the control measures

 

Describing the life cycle of the parasite

Identifying the livestock attacked

Stating the control measures

 

Farm animals

Parasites specimen

Students book

Photographs

Diagrams from the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 134-135

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 103,104,107

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 139-141

Teachers guide pg 83-85

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 52

 

 

 

 

   

2-3

 

Livestock health (Parasites)

 

External parasites

Lice

keds

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

describe the life cycle of the parasite

identify the livestock attacked

state the control measures

 

describing the life cycle of parasite

identifying the livestock attacked

stating the control measures

 

farm animals

parasites specimen

students book

photographs

diagrams from the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 136-138

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 105-107

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 141-142

Teachers guide pg 83-85

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 56-58

 
 

3

 

1

 

Livestock (Parasites)

 

Internal parasites

Liver flukes (Trematodes)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the life cycle of the parasites

Identify the livestock attacked

State the control measures

 

Describing the life cycle of the parasites

Identifying the livestock attacked

Stating the control measures

 

Farm animals

Parasites specimens

Student books

Photographs

charts

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 151-154

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 110-113

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 142-144

Teachers guide pg 84-85

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 56-58

Top mark Agriculture page 83

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock Health (Parasites)

 

Internal parasites

Tape worms

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the life cycle of the parasite

Identify the livestock attacked

State the control measures

 

Describing the life cycle of the parasite

Identifying the livestock attacked

Stating the control measures

 

Charts

Farm animals

Parasites specimens

Students book

Photographs

Tables on the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 144-148

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 108-110

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 144-146

Teachers guide pg 83-85

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 1 page 60

Top mark Agriculture page 83

 
 

4

 

1

 

Livestock health (Parasites)

 

Internal parasites

Round worms

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the life cycle of the parasite

Identify the livestock attacked

State the control measures

 

Describing the life cycle of the parasite

Identifying the livestock attacked

Stating the control measures

 

Farm animals

Parasite specimen

Students book

photographs

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 149-151

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 112-113

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 146-147

Teachers guide pg 83-85

Top mark Agriculture page 84

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock health (parasites)

 

Principles of controlling

Endoparasites

Treatment

Drug administration

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Explain factors to consider when controlling endoparasites

Describe methods of administration of drugs

State the rules that are followed in treatment of parasites

 

Explaining factors considered in controlling endoparasites

Describing methods of drug administration

Stating the rules followed in treatment of parasites

 

Chart

Students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 154-155

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 113-114

 

 
 

5

 

1

 

Livestock production nutrition (II)

 

Components of food

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define nutrition

Explain major components of food

 

Defining nutrition

Explaining major food components

 

Charts

Chalkboard

Students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 158

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 115

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 148-149

Teachers guide pg 83-85

Top mark Agriculture page 85

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock Nutrition

 

Food nutrients

Water

Carbohydrate

fats

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

describe the food nutrients

describe the feed nutrients

explaining the functions of each feed

 

describing the feed nutrients

explaining the functions of each feed

 

students book

samples of feed nutrients

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 159-161

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 115-116,118

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 149-152

Teachers guide pg 81-82

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 12

Top mark Agriculture page 85-86

 

 
 

6

 

1

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Feed nutrients

Proteins

minerals

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

explain the functions of each food

describe the food nutrients

 

explaining functions of each food

describing food nutrients

 

 

Feed specimen

Photographs

Farm stores

Students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 163-165

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 117

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 157

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 13

Top mark Agriculture page 86

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock Production (II) Nutrition

 

Food nutrients

vitamins

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State various types of vitamins

Explain the importance of vitamins

Describe the food nutrients

 

Stating various types of vitamins

Explaining the importance of vitamins

Describing the food nutrients

 

Food store

Photographs of animals with deficiency

Feed specimen

Students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 163-165

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 117

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 157

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 13

Top mark Agriculture page 86

 
 

7

 

1

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Foods and foodstuffs

roughages

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

state the classifications of animals food

identify the food stuffs

state the characteristics of foodstuffs

 

 

Stating the classes of food stuffs

Identifying the food stuffs

Stating the characteristics of food stuffs

 

food stuffs

food store

photographs

Students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 169-170

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 118-119

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 162-163

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 14-15

Top mark Agriculture page 86

 

 

 

   

2-3

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Foods and foods stuffs

Concentrates

Proteins

Carbohydrate

Mixed succulents

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Identify the food stuffs

State their characteristics

 

Identifying the food stuffs

Stating the characteristics of the food stuffs

 

Food stuffs

Students book

Food store

photographs

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 171

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 117

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 163-164

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 15

Top mark Agriculture page 86-87

 
 

8

 

1

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Concept of rationing

Terms used to express food values

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the terms used to express food values

Explain the various terms

 

Stating the terms used to express food values

Explaining the various terms

 

Charts

Students book

Chalk board

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 172-175

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 125

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 162-164

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Top mark Agriculture page 87

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock production (II) Nutrition

 

Ratio computation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the process of ration computation

Stating the methods

Compute a livestock station

 

Stating the methods

Explaining the process of ration computation

Computing livestock ration

 

geometric set

Students book

Charts

Tables in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 176-179

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 126-128

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 166-169

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 16-17

Top mark Agriculture page 87-88

 
 

9

 

1

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Digestion in livestock

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Define digestion

Describe the  process of digestion generally

 

Defining digestion

Describing the process of digestion

 

Chart

Diagrams in the students book

Specimens of digestive systems

School farm

 

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 179-182

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 120-121

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 173-175

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Top mark Agriculture page 88

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Digestion in non-ruminants (Pigs)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe digestion and digestive system of a pig

 

Describing digestion and the digestive system of a pig

Drawing diagrams

 

Chart

Specimens of digestive systems

Diagrams in the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 182-184

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 121-122

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 172-173

Teachers guide pg 89-92

 
 

10

 

1

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Digestion in poultry

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe digestion and digestive system of poultry

 

Describing digestion and digestive system of poultry

Drawing diagrams

 

Diagrams in the students book

Specimen of the digestive system

chart

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 185

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 123-124

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 170-172

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 18-19

Top mark Agriculture page 90

 
   

2-3

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Differences and similarities in 60th ruminant and ruminant digestive systems

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the differences & similarities in both ruminant and non-ruminant digestive systems

 

Stating the differences and similarities both in ruminant and non-ruminant digestive system

 

Diagrams in the students book

Specimens of digestive system chart

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 186-188

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 123-124

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 175-176

Teachers guide pg 89-92

Gateway Agriculture revision paper 2 page 13

Top mark Agriculture page 90

 
 

11

 

1-3

 

Livestock production (II) nutrition

 

Appropriate livestock

Landling techniques while feeding

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

Handle livestock appropriately while feeding

 

Handling livestock appropriately

 

Farm animals

Charts

Farm structures

Students book

Diagrams from the students book

KLB secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 129-132

Certificate Secondary Agriculture F2 pg 128-131

Longhorn secondary Agriculture form 2 pg 176-178

Teachers guide pg 89-92

 
 

12                                                                                                                                          END TERM THREE EXAMS

 

 

 

 

LIVES AND CONTRIBUTIONS OF KENYAN LEADERS HISTORY TOPICAL REVISION

LIVES AND CONTRIBUTIONS OF KENYAN LEADERS

  1. b) Explain the contribution of Daniel Arab Moi in the struggle for independence in Kenya.
  • In 1957 he was elected to the Legco
  • He founded Elected African Members Organisation. (AEMO)
  • When KANU was formed in 1960 he was elected acting assistant treasurer of the party.
  • In 1960 Moi with Ronald Ngara founded KADU to defend the interests of minority tribes
  • In 1961 Moi was elected as a member of parliamentary secretary to the ministry of education
  • He visited Kenyatta in detention.
  • He visited Kikuyu inmates at Naivasha detention camp.

Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

ANS 22b DIST 1

 

8.Mention two roles played by Daniel. Arap Moi in Kenya’s history   (2mks)

  • Nyayo wards
  • Nyayo Tea zone
  • Visited Kenyatta at the place of detention
  • Attended Lancaster House Cnference of 1962
  • Declared HIV / AIDS a national disaster in 2001
  • Acted as a vice president moi 1967 – 1978 Any 2 = 2mks

ANS 8 DIST 2

 

  1. What was the main method used by Thomas Joseph Mboya in the struggle to

protect African rights against colonialism

  • Trade union

1 x 1 = 1mk

ANS 12 DIST 3

 

  1. – Mekatilili wa Menza

– Marshall Muthoni

– Moraa wa Ngiri

– Mary Muthoni Nyanjiru

– Syotune wa Kathuke

  1. – Thought he struggled for multiparty (1 x 1 = 1mk)

ANS 10,15 DIST 5

 

  1. Give the main contribution of Daniel Arap Moi in the health sector in Kenya             (1mk)

–           The buildings of Nyayo wards across the country.

ANS 10 DIST 6

 

  1. Identify two political challenges the former president Moi experienced during his era between 1982 and 1991.                                                                              (2mks)
  1. In 1982 there was an attempted military coup by a section of the Air Force
  2. The assassination of Robert Ouko
  3. The clamour for multi – party democracy Any 2×1 = 2marks

ANS 12 DIST 10

 

14.– Public Accounts Committee      (P.A.C)

–  Public investments committee   (P.I.C)

–  Committee of supply

(Note: No mark for use of initials.)                                                      (1×1=1mk)

ANS 14 DIST 11

 

  1. – An attempted coup d’etat.             (1×1=1mk)

ANS 8 DIST 12

 

14.Outline any two economical challenges which faced Daniel Moi’s presidency between 1991 and 2002.

-Rampant corruption like grabbing of public utilities / land and funds i.e.                                      Goldenberg

-Freezing of aid from donor such as World Bank or International Monetary Fund                                (IMF)- High inflation causing high prices on essential commodities.

(b) Role Tom Mboya played in the Kenya struggle for independence

  1. i) As a trade unionist, he presented the grievances of African workers to the                                           colonial government.
  2. ii) Formed political party KANU and people convention party which articulated      African grievances

iii) Advocated for the release of political detainees such as the Lancaster house                                      conference.

  1. iv) As a member of the AEMO he pressurized the colonial government for      constitutional reforms in Kenya
  2. v) He participated in making of Kenya independent constitution
  3. vi) As trade unionist he educated people on their political rights.

vii) United the Kenya communities by protecting the separation of the Aembu and                                Agikuyu in Nairobi.                                   Any 6points 2marks each 6×2=12mks

ANS 14,19b DIST 13

 

10.State two contributions of Ronald Ngala in Kenya.                                                      (2mks)

  • Founder of KADU
  • Led KADU during the second Lancaster House Conference of 1962
  • At independence he became an MP and leader of opposition.
  • He headed various ministries
  • In 1957 he was elected to LEGCO
  • He was a member of various political parties e.g. Coast African Association.
  • He formed government after 1961 election when KANU declined unless Kenyatta was released.

2 x 1 = 2 marks

ANS 10 DIST 14

 

  1. – Member of NALGSA, KIGWU, KFRTU

– He was a leader of different trade unions (VP of NALGSA, secretary-general of KIGWU and a secretary of KFRTU)

– He organized Mombasa dock workers strike

– he wrote articles in Britain, about Kenyan workers

– He attended international trade union meetings

– He helped formation trade unions in Uganda & Tanzania.                                    (2 x 1=2mks)

ANS 12 DIST 17

CLASS 8 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1-3 UPDATED FREE

Social Studies schemes of work

Standard Eight term I

  1. Our Lives Today pupil’s book 8
  2. Our Lives Today teacher’s guide book 8
WEEK

 

LESN TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHERS ACTIVITIES LEARNER,S ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCES ASSMESSMENT REMARKS  
1 REPORTING AND PREPARATIONS    
2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Map reading Symbols By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the u

se of symbols to read and  interpret maps

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall map

OLT PBK PG 2-4

OLT TGP1

Drawing maps    
2 Map reading Area By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to calculate the area of a given region –        Observing map

–        Drawing regions

–        Calculating area

–        Observing map

–        Drawing regions

–        Calculating area

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 4-6

OLT TGP1-2

Written exercise    
3 Map reading Area By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify types of scale –        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 6-9

OLT TGP3

Filling in blank spaces    
4 Map reading Distance /scale By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  convert measurements given a scale –        Identifying types of scale

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Identifying types of scale

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing distance

OLT PBK PG 9-10  OLT TGP1-4 Written exercise    
5 Map reading Distance By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  measure distance represented on a map –        Measuring

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Measuring

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing compass point

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 10-12

OLT TGP1-4

Oral exercise    
3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

1 Map reading Direction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the direction of places using compass point –        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting bhjkjkjh

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 12-14

OLT TGP1-4

Drawing maps    
2 Map reading Colours By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify various conventional colours used on the map –        Explaining the meaning of colours

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying colours

–        Explaining the meaning of colours

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying colours

–        Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 13-16

OLT TGP4-5

Written exercise    
3 Map reading Scales By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify types of scale –        Explanation

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying colours

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Explanation

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying colours

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

 

OLT PBK PG 17-18

OLT TGP6-7

Filling in blank spaces    
4 Physical environment  Effects of physical features By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain the effects of the physical features –        Explanation

–        Interpreting  a map features

–        Questioning

–        Explanation

–        Interpreting  a map features

–        Questioning

–        Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

 

OLT PBK PG18-23

OLT TGP8

Written exercise    
5 Physical environment Effect on human activity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain how these features affect human activities –        Explanation

–        Identifying ways physical feature affect human activities

–        Explanation

–        Identifying ways physical feature affect human activities

–        Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 23-24

OLT TGP9

Oral exercise    
 

1

Climate Traditional weather observation By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify traditional methods of weather observation –        Identifying traditional methods of weather observation

–        Questioning

–        Identifying traditional methods of weather observation

–        Questioning

–        Maps

–        Wall maps

Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 25-26

OLT TGP10

Drawing maps    
  2 Climate Modern weather observation By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to observe and measure weather using Modern methods –        Discussion

–        Identifying modern methods of weather observation

–        Discussion

–        Identifying modern methods of weather observation

–        Maps

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 25-4

OLT TGP10

Written exercise    
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 Climate Observing and measuring weather By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to record weather elements using modern methods –        Explanation

–        Identifying modern methods of weather recording

–        Explanation

–        Identifying modern methods of weather recording

–        Weather instruments

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 26

OLT TGP11

Filling in blank spaces    
4 Climate Factor influencing  climate By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and describe factors influencing climate change –        Explanation

–        Identifying factor influencing weather

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying factor influencing weather

–        Discussion

–        Weather instruments

–        Weather chats

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 27

OLT TGP11

Written exercise    
5 Climate Impact of climate change By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the impact of climate change –        Explanation

–        Identifying factor influencing weather

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying factor influencing weather

–        Discussion

–        Weather instruments

–        Weather chats

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 28

OLT TGP11

Oral exercise    
1 People and population

 

The stone age By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to trace the evolution and development o the early man –        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Discussion

–        Pictures of 5the early man

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 28-29

OLT TGP12

Drawing maps    
2 Evolution of early man The stone age By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to trace the evolution and development o the early man –        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Pictures of early man

–        Map of prehistoric sites

OLT PBK PG 29-30

OLT TGP12

Written exercise    
3 Evolution of early man Pre-historic sites By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  name and identify the prehistoric sites in Eastern Africa –        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Pictures of 5the early man

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG -30

OLT TGP12

Filling in blank spaces    
4 Evolution of early man Prehistoric sites in eastern Africa By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to locate prehistoric sites in east Africa –        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Pictures of 5the early man

–        Map of prehistoric sites

OLT PBK PG -31

OLT TGP12

     
5 Types of migration Rural- urban migration By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  state the reason for migration from rural to urban centres –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Map of town and villages

OLT PBK PG 32

OLT TGP13

     
6 1 Types of migration Rural-rural By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state reasons for rural to rural migration –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        PAPER CUTTING

OLT PBK8 PG32-33      
2 Types of migration Urban-urban By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state reasons for urban to urban migration –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK8 PG34      
3 Types of migration Urban – rural By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state reasons for urban  to rural migration –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK8 PG35-36      
4 Types of migration Migration into and from Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  to state reason for migration into and from Kenya –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Population pyramids

OLT PBK8 PG37-38 Drawing maps    
5 Types of migration Effects of migration By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  state the effects of migration –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Population pyramids

OLT PBK8 PG38-40 Written exercise    
6 1 Factors influencing population growth Factors leading to slow population growth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the factors that lead to slow population growth –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall map

OLT PBK8 PG41-42 Filling in blank spaces    
2 Factors influencing population growth Factors leading to rapid population growth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify factors that lead to rapid population growth –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Population pyramids

OLT PBK PG 43

OLT SSTG PG 19

Written exercise    
3 Factors influencing population growth Problems of population growth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and explain problems of slow population growth and problems of rapid population growth –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 44

OLT SSTG PG 19

Oral exercise    
4 Population growth  Managing slow population growth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain ways of managing slow population growth –        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying reasons

–        Discussion

–        Diagrams from pupils book

Local environment

OLT PBK PG 45

OLT SSTG PG 17

Drawing maps    
5

 

 

Population growth Managing rapid population growth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain way of managing rapid population growth –        Explanation

–        Identifying ways

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying ways

–        Discussion

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Local environment

OLT PBK PG 46

OLT SSTG PG 17

Written exercise    
 

1

The population of Kenya The population of Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and describe the structure –        Observing maps

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Observing maps

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Local environment

OLT PBK PG 46

OLT SSTG PG 18

Filling in blank spaces    
7 MID TERM EXAMINATIONS    
8 2 The population of Kenya Population of Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to observe and measure weather using Modern methods –        Identifying modern methods of weather observation –        Identifying modern methods of weather observation –        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Local environment

OLT PBK PG 47

OLT SSTG PG 18

Written exercise    
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 Population of Kenya , Germany and India Comparison of population of Kenya, Germany and India By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to compare population of Kenya, German and India –        Explanation

–        Comparing

–        Observing

–        Questioning

–        Explanation

–        Comparing

–        Observing

–        Questioning

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Population pyramids

OLT PBK PG 48-50

OLT SSTG PG 20

Oral exercise    
4 The school How the school is managed By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and describe how the schools are managed –        Explanation

–        Identifying factor

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying factor

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Pictures from the book

–        Resource person

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Drawing maps    
5 The school Role of the pupils in the school management By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the role of the pupil in the school management –        Explanation

–        Identifying factor influencing weather

–        Explanation

–        Identifying factor influencing weather

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise    
1 The school

 

The role of the school in the society By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to trace the evolution and development o the early man –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Filling in blank spaces    
2 The school Role of the school in he society By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain the role of the school in the society –        Observing maps

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Observing maps

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures of school OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise    
3 The  family Different marriage systems By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  name and appreciate different marriage systems –        Explanation

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Oral exercise    
4 The family Right and responsibilities in marriages By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to appreciate and respect the rights of individual within the family and society –        Explanation

–        Right and responsibility in marriage

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Pictures of 5the family OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Drawing maps    
5 The family Succession and inheritance By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  explain and appreciate the inheritance and succession of family wealth and property –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Pictures of 5the family OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise    
10 1 Agriculture Traditional forms of agriculture By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and describe the tradition forms of agriculture –        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Filling in blank spaces  
2 Agriculture Traditional agriculture

Crops grown

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to name the subsistence crops grown in tradition agriculture –        Observing map

–        Drawing regions

–        Calculating area

–        Observing map

–        Drawing regions

–        Calculating area

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing agriculture

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
3 Agriculture Tradition ways of storing food By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify ways of storing food traditionally and state methods used in farming –        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbol

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing symbol

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Oral exercise  
4 Agriculture Settler farming in Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  identify areas where settler farming was practised and describe the methods of farming they used –        Conversion

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying Drawing

–        Conversion

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying Drawing

–        Local environment

–        Charts showing agriculture

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Drawing maps  
5 Agriculture Settlement schemes By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  identify settlement schemes and state reasons for establishment of settlement schemes in Kenya –        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying symbols

–        Drawing

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing compass point

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
11 1 Agriculture Benefits and problems of settlement schemes By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the benefits and problems of settlement schemes –        Observing maps

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing

–        Wall map

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Filling in blank spaces  
2 agriculture Irrigation schemes, Ahero, Mwea and Pekerra By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify crop grown and irrigation method used in different irrigation schemes –        Explaining

–        Observing

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Explaining

–        Observing

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Pictures

–         Maps

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
3 Agriculture Irrigation schemes, Ahero, Mwea and Pekerra By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the contribution of irrigation scheme to Kenyan economy –        Explanation

–        Observing

–        Drawing s

–        Questioning

–        Explanation

–        Observing

–        Drawing s

–        Questioning

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Oral exercise  
4 Agriculture  Irrigation schemes, Ahero, Mwea and Pekerra By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain problems facing irrigation schemes n Kenya –        Explanation

–        Interpreting  a map features

–        Questioning

–        Explanation

–        Interpreting  a map features

–        Questioning

–        Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Drawing maps  
5 Agriculture Horticulture farming By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain the meaning of horticulture and crop grown –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
 

1

Agriculture Horticulture farming By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the contribution of horticulture to the economy –        Explanation

–        Identifying t observation

–        Questioning

–        Explanation

–        Identifying t observation

–        Questioning

–        Maps

–        Wall maps

Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Filling in blank spaces  
  1 Agriculture   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the problems facing agriculture –        Discussion

–        Identifying

–        Questioning

–        Discussion

–        Identifying

–        Questioning

–        Maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
12

 

 

13

 

3 Agriculture Horticulture farming in Kenya and Netherlands By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to compare horticulture farming in Kenya and in Netherlands –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Questioning

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Questioning

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Oral exercise  
4 Agriculture Fish farming By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify fish farming areas in Kenya and types of fish kept –        Explanation

–        Identifying f

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying f

–        Discussion

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Drawing maps  
5 Agriculture Fish farming in Kenya and Japan By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to compare fish farming in Kenya and Japan –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
2 Revision Revision By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  answer questions based on the work covered –        Revision

–        Asking and answering question

–        Revision

–        Asking and answering question

–        Revision paper

–        Book exercises

  Filling in blank spaces  
EXAMINATIONS  
14  

 

 

Social Studies schemes of work

Standard Eight term II

Year 2014

 

 

 

 

  1. Our Lives Today pupil’s book 8
  2. Our Lives Today teacher’s guide book 8
WEEK LSN TOPIC SUBTOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES LEARNER’S  ATIVITIES RESOURCES REFERENCES ASSESSMENT REMARKS
1

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 1 Mining Distribution of minerals in Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and locate the distribution of minerals in Kenya –        Identifying method of extraction

–        Discussion

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Discussion

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG85

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
2 Mining Extraction of minerals By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify methods used to extract minerals –        Explanation

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Explanation

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG85

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
3 Mining   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify methods used to extract soda ash and fluorspar –        Explanation

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Explanation

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG86

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
4-5 Mining

 

  By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify methods used to extract limestone and ,diatomite and gemstone –        Identifying method of extraction

–        Discussion

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Discussion

–        Pictures of the early man

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG87

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
1 Mining   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify use of limestone diatomite and gemstone –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Picture cutting

OLT PBK7 PG88

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
3 Mining   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  identify ways of extracting sand, marble and sand   and state their uses –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Pictures of 5the early man

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG89

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
4 Mining Problems of mining By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state problems associated with mining   and effect of mining to the environment –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Pictures of 5the early man

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG90

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 Mining Contribution to the economy By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  state the contribution of minerals to the economy  –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Pictures of 5the early man

–        Diagrams

OLT PBK7 PG91

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
3 1 Forestry Distribution of forest in Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and locate forests in Kenya  –        Identifying method of extraction

–        Discussion

–        Observing maps

–        Drawing symbols

–        Interpreting  a map

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall map

OLT PBK7 PG 91

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
2 Forestry Problem facing forestry By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe problems facing forestry –        Explanation

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG92

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
3 Forestry Deforestation By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the effect of deforestation in Kenya  –        Explanation

–        Identifying method of extraction

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG92

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
4 Forestry Conservation By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  list the ways of conserving forests  –        Identifying method of extraction

–        Discussion

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

 

–        Local environment

–        Sketch maps

OLT PBK7 PG92-92

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 Forestry appreciating By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  appreciate the need to conserve forests –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts

–        Wall maps

 

OLT PBK7 PG93

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
4 1 Soil Distribution of soils in Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and locate major soil types in Kenya   –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts

–        Wall maps

 

OLT PBK7 PG94

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
2 Soil Uses of soil By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify uses of soil –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

 

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG95

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
3 Soil Soil erosion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify types of soil erosion  –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Questioning

–         Maps

–        Charts

–        Wall maps

 

OLT PBK7 PG96

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
4 Soil  Causes and effect of soil erosion By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state causes and effects of soil erosion –        Explanation –        Explanation

–        Interpreting  a map features

–        Questioning

–        Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG 97

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 Soil Soil conservation By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and describe soil conservation measures  –        Interpreting  a map features –        Explanation

–        Identifying ways

–        Discussion

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG 98

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
5 1 Wildlife and tourism  Major game parks By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and locate major game park  Questioning –        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG98

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

3 Wildlife and tourism  Importance of wildlife By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain importance of wildlife –        Explanation –        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG100

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
4 Wildlife and tourism  Problem facing wildlife By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and describe problems facing wildlife  –        Interpreting  a map features –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK7 PG103

OLT TG PG

Filling in blank spaces  
5 Wildlife and tourism  Conserving wildlife By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe ways of conserving wildlife  Questioning –        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG105-117

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
1 Wildlife and tourism  Major tourist attraction By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify major tourist attraction –        Explanation –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Provisional paper

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG156-117

OLT TG PG

Oral exercise  
2 Wildlife and tourism  Importance of tourism By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the importance of tourism –        Interpreting  a map features –        Explanation

–        Identifying

Discussion

–        Wall maps

Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG156-117

OLT TG PG

Drawing maps  
3 Wildlife and tourism  Problem facing tourism By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and describe problems facing tourism Questioning –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG156-117

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
4 Industries Location of industries By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain factors influencing location of industries –        Explanation –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG156-117

OLT TG PG

Filling in blank spaces  
5 Industries   Types  of industries By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to name types of industries –        Interpreting  a map features –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG156-117

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
7 MID TERM EXAMINATIONS  
8

 

 

 

1 Industries   Types of industries By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and name   types of industries giving examples Questioning –        Discussion

–        observation

–        Questioning

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Local environment

OLT PBK PG 57

OLT SSTG PG 18

Oral exercise  
2-3 Industries  Jua-kali industries By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to indentify the reason for establishment of juakali industries –        Explanation –        Explanation

–        Comparing

–        Discussion

–        Observing

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Local environment

OLT PBK PG 58-

OLT SSTG PG 20

Drawing maps  
4 Industries  Benefit s By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state  benefits of juakali industries –        Interpreting  a map features –        Explanation

–        Describing

–        Discussion

–        Pictures from the book

–        Resource person

OLT PBK PG 56

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
5 Industries  Problems of Jua kali By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to highlight problems experienced by Jua kali industries Questioning –        Explanation

–        Identifying problems

–        Discussion

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Drawing maps  
9

 

 

 

1 Industries  Importance of industries and contribution to economy By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the importance of industries and contribution to the economy –        Explanation –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK PG 52

OLT SSTG PG 22

Written exercise  
2 Industries  Problems facing industries By the end of the lesson the learner should be able explain problems facing industries  –        Interpreting  a map features –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Pictures of OLT PBK7 PG56

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
3 Industries Effects to the environment By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  explain impact of industries to the environment Questioning –        Explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK7 PG57

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
4 Urbanization Factors influencing growth of town By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain factors influencing growth of town   –        Explanation –        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Map of prehistoric sites

OLT PBK7 PG58

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
5 Urbanization Function of major town in Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  state the function of major town in Kenya Questioning –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Picture

–        Diagrams from pupils book

–        Charts

OLT PBK7 PG60

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  

 

10 1 Urbanization Major towns By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to locate major town in Kenya –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

 

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG61

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
2 Urbanization Problem facing urban centres By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify problems facing urbanization –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        explanation

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing urban centre

–        Wall map

OLT PBK7 PG62

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
3 Urbanization Attempt to solve these problems By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain attempt being made to solve problems  facing urban centres –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        explanation

 

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing urban centres

OLT PBK7 PG63

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
4 Urbanization   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  listing ways to solve problems facing urban centres –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

 

–        Local environment

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts

OLT PBK7 PG64

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 Urbanization   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  locate where pyrethrum is grown and identify its uses –        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Discussion

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        explanation

 

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts showing compass point

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG65

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
11

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 Co-operative society Types of agriculture co-operative By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to name and identify types of co-operative   –        Describing the partition

–        Explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Charts

showing cooperatives societies

OLT PBK7 PG66

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
2 Co-operative Functions of co-operative By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the function of agriculture cooperatives  –        Explanation

–        Describing

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        Charts

showing cooperatives societies

OLT PBK7 PG67

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
3 Co-operative Benefits of agriculture cooperatives By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify benefit of agriculture co-operatives  –        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–         Charts

showing cooperatives societies

OLT PBK7 PG68

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
4 Co-operatives  Challenges By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify challenges facing agriculture co-operatives –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Interpreting  a map features

–        Questioning

–        Charts

showing cooperatives societies

OLT PBK7 PG70

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 Co-operatives   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to appreciate benefit s of agriculture cooperatives –        Explain the benefits of cooperatives

–        Discuss

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Charts

–        showing cooperatives societies

OLT PBK7 PG70

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
 

1

Transport and communication  Forms and function By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify forms and function of communication  –        identify forms of communication

–        explain the functions

–        Explanation

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Maps

–        Wall maps

Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG71

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
12 2 Transport and communication  Problem By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain problems facing different form of transport –        identify problems of communication –        Discussion

–        observation

–        Questioning

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG72

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
 

 

3 Transport and communication  Road safety By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify major road sign and explain causes of accidents -explain the causes of  accident

-identifying road sign

–        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG73

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
4 Transport and communication    By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state suggest ways of preventing accidents and demonstrate first aid skills –        identify forms of communication

–        discussion

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK7 PG74

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 Transport and communication  Forms and function of communication By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state identify forms and state the function of communication explain the functions –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG75

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
 

13

1 Transport and communication  Problem facing communication system By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain problems facing communication systems –        identify forms of communication –        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

    Drawing maps  
  2 Trade  Role of government in trade By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify and appreciate the role of government in trade explain the role of government in trade –        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall map

OLT PBK7 PG76

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
3 Trade Export and import By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify export from Kenya and import to Kenya –        identify forms of export and import to Kenya –        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG77

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
 

4

Trade Importance of trade By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain the importance of trade  explain the importance of trade –        Explanation

–        observation

–        Questioning

–        Wall maps

Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG78

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
14 5 Revision examination By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to answer revision questions correctly  –        identify forms of communication –        Discussion

–        observation

–        Questioning

–        Examination papers OLT PBK7 PG80-84

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  

 

 

Social Studies schemes of work

Standard Eight term III

Year 2014

 

 

 

 

  1. Our Lives Today pupil’s book 8
  2. Our Lives Today teacher’s guide book 8

 

 

 

 

 

WEEK LSN TOPIC SUBTOPIC OBJECTIVES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES LEARNER’S ACTIVITIES RESOURCES REFERECES ASSESSMENT REMARKS
1 REPORTING AND PREPARATIONS  
2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

1 Political development and systems  Early political associations  in Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify early political association  in Kenya up to 1939 –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Early political association

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG130

OLT TG PG

 

   
2 Political development and systems  Early political associations  in Kenya (EAA) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the role played by East Africa association in the struggle for independence   –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG131

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
3 Political development and systems  Early political associations  in Kenya  (YKA) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the role played by Young Kikuyu Association  in the struggle for independence   –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG133-134

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 Political development and systems  Early political associations  in Kenya  (KCA) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the role played by Kikuyu Central Association the struggle for independence   –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG135

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
1   (KTWA) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the role played by Kavirondo Tax Payer Welfare association  the struggle for independence   –        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Discussion

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK7 PG139

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
2 The legislative Council (LegCo)  Nomination to LegCo By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify African member to the Leg CO –        Describing the partition

–        Explanation

–        Describing the partition

–        Explanation

–        Picture cuttings

–        Diagrams from books

OLT PBK7 PG140

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
3   The role of Leg Co By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  describe  the role played by Leg Co in struggle for independence  –        Explanation

–        Describing

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Describing

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK7 PG143-45

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
4   The Second world war (1939-1945) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the effect of world War 2 on struggle for impendence –        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Pictures of –

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG146-149

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5   Kenya Africa study Union, Kenya African union By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  name founder member of political association –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Pictures Diagrams from pupils book

 

OLT PBK7 PG150

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
4 1     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain the role of political  movement in the struggle for independence –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Observing maps

–        Identifying political role

 

–        Charts showing scramble of Africa

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG152

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
2 The MAUMAU, KANU, KADU,APP   By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify founder and explain role of political association and movements in struggle for independence  –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing map

–        Observing chart

–        explanation

–        Charts showing scramble of Africa

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG152

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
3 Attainment of independence Events leading to attainment of independence By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the events that took place in the attainment of independence –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

 

–        Charts showing scramble of Africa

–        Wall maps

 

OLT PBK7 PG153

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
4   Kenya become republic By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  describe how Kenya got Mandaraka and become a Republic  –        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Conversion

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Local environment

–        Wall map

OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
5 Political development major political event By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  identify major political development and events since 1963 –        Explanation

–        Identifying development of the early man

–        Discussion

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Sketch maps

–        Charts

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

Filling in blank spaces  
5

 

 

 

1   Major political development By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the and appreciate the political changes taking place in Kenya   –        Describing the partition

–        Explanation

–        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Pictures of prominent leaders OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
2 Prominent  Kenyans  Mzee Jomo Kenyatta By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe life and appreciate contribution of Mzee Jomo Kenyatta  to the independence of his country –        Explanation

–        Describing

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Pictures of prominent leaders OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
3 Prominent  Kenyans  Daniel Arap Moi By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe life and appreciate contribution of Daniel Arap Moi  in struggle for independence of his country –        Explanation

–        Identifying prehistoric sites

–        Discussion

–        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

 M Pictures of prominent leaders OLT PBK7 PG155

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
4 Prominent  Kenyans   Oginga  Odinga By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe life and appreciate contribution of Oginga Odinga  to the nation –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

Pictures of prominent leaders OLT PBK7 PG155

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
5 International co-operation   The united nation (UN) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the formation of united nation –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–         Discussion

–        Maps showing

international co-operations

OLT PBK7 PG156

OLT TG PG

Filling in blank spaces  
  International co The united nation (UN) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able describe and identify the agencies of and functions of (UN) –        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        Maps showing

international co-operations

OLT PBK7 PG156

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
6 MID TERM EXAMINATIONS  
  1 International co The united nation (UN) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to highlight the achievement of the (UN) –        Observation

–        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Maps showing

–        international co-operations

OLT PBK7 PG157

OLT TG PG

Oral exercise  
 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

3 International co The united nation (UN) By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state the failure and problems facing  the (UN) –        Explanation

–        Observation

–        Discussion

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG158

OLT TG PG

Drawing maps  
4 Common wealth Common wealth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the formation of the common wealth –        Explanation

–        Identifying factor

–        Discussion

–        Maps showing

–        international co-operations

OLT PBK7 PG159

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5   Common wealth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to the functions of the common wealth –        identify forms of communication –        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Questioning

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG160

OLT TG PG

Filling in blank spaces  
1   Achievement of common wealth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able state functions of common wealth explain the functions of common wealth –        Explanation

–        Discussion

–        Maps showing

–        international co-operations

OLT PBK7 PG160

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
2   Failure of  commonwealth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to outline the failure of the  commonwealth –        identify failure of the common wealth –        Discussion

–        explanation

Questioning

–        Maps showing

international co-operations

OLT PBK7 PG161

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
3   Problems of the common wealth By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  state the problems faced by the common wealth explain the common wealth problems –        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Questioning

–        Maps showing

–        international co-operations

OLT PBK7 PG161

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
4 Citizenship Importance By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain the impotance of good citizenship  –        identify forms of communication –        Explanation

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Diagrams from the books OLT PBK7 PG162

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5   Loss of Kenya citizenship By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  to outline the condition under which one can lose/his or her citizenship –        Explanation

–        Identifying

–        Discussion

–        Observation

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG162

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
8 1 Democracy and human right Types of democracy By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state types of democracy –        identify forms of communication –        Observing maps

–        Identifying s

–        Charts showing human rights OLT PBK7 PG152

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
2   Political parties in Kenya By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe some political parties in Kenya and their policies  explain the functions –        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Charts showing political parties

 

OLT PBK7 PG152

OLT TG P

Oral exercise  
3   Role of political parties By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the role of political parties in a democracy  –        identify role of political party –        Observing chart

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        Charts showing political parties

 

OLT PBK7 PG153

OLT TG PG

Drawing maps  
4   Benefits By the end of the lesson the learner should be able  state the benefits  of a democracy explain the benefits of democracy –        Conversion

–        Observing chart

–        explanation

–        Charts showing political parties

 

OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
5   The bill of right By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to  state human right and appreciate the bill of right  –        identify human rights

–        discuss bill of right

–        Observing chart

–        Identifying

–        Drawing

–        Charts showing bill of right

OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

Filling in blank spaces  
9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

1 Law, peace and reconciliation Symbols of national unity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify the symbols of national unity   identify the symbols of national unity –        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        a flag

–        Charts showing symbol of national unity

OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
2   Factors promoting national unity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to state factors that promote national unity identify factors that promote national unity

–        explain the factor

–        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        a flag

Charts showing symbol of national unity

OLT PBK7 PG154

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
3   Importance of national unity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able explain the importance of national unity  –        identify forms of communication –        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

–        explanation

–        a flag

Charts showing symbol of national unity

OLT PBK7 PG155

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
4    Factors undermining national unity By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to identify factor undermining national unity explain the functions –        Demonstration

–        Drawing

–        Discussion

 

–        a flag

Charts showing symbol of national unity

OLT PBK7 PG155

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
5 The government of Kenya  The Kenyan constitution By the end of the lesson the learner should be able state the process of making, amending and reviewing the Kenya’s constitution –        describing the process of making constitution –        Explanation

–        Note taking

–        Discussion

–        Questioning

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG173

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
1 The government of Kenya   Formation of the government By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain the process of making the government  explain the process of making the government –        Explanation

–        Questioning

–        Drawing

–        Maps

–        Charts

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG1

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
2 The government of Kenya  Loss of parliamentary seat By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to explain how one may lose parliament seat  –        identify way one may lose seat in parliament –        Note taking

–        Discussion

–        Explanation

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK7 PG174

OLT TG PG

Written exercise  
3 The government of Kenya  Conducting national election By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe  the process of national election explain the functions –        Explanation

–        observation

–        Questioning

–        Diagrams from pupils book OLT PBK7 PG175

OLT TG PG

Filling in blank spaces  
  4   Participating in government and civic life By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe  state ways of participating in government and civic life Describe

Explain  the functions

–        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

OLT PBK7 PG175

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
  5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe  the process of national election –        Describe the process of election

–        explain the functions

–        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

OLT PBK7 PG175

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
11 1 The arms of the government The arms of the government

Executive

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the composition and functions of cabinet and civil servant –        identify forms of communication –        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing arms of government

OLT PBK7 PG175

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
  2   Legislature By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the composition of legislature, describe the process of legislation and state function of parliament explain the functions –        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Draft constitution

–        Wall maps

–        Diagrams from pupils book

OLT PBK7 PG170-180

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
  3   Judiciary By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the composition judiciary –        identify forms of communication –        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing judiciary

OLT PBK7 PG175

OLT TG PG

 

Drawing maps  
  4   Sources of government revenue and forms of government expenditure By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the sources of government revenue and how it spend its money explain the functions –        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG175

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
  5   Local authority By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to name types of local authority ,describe process of electing officers, their functions and relationship with the government –        identify forms of communication –        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        explanation

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG175

OLT TG PG

 

Filling in blank spaces  
12 1-2   National defence By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to –identify organs of national defence

-appreciate the need of national defence  and explaining their role in maintaining law and order

Identify organs of the national defence

Discussing

–        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

–        Wall maps

OLT PBK7 PG118-180

OLT TG PG

 

Written exercise  
  3-5     By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to describe the sources of government revenue identify sources of government revenue –        Discussion

–        Identifying observation

–        Questioning

–        Pictures

–         Maps

–        Charts showing symbols

OLT PBK7 PG118-180

OLT TG PG

 

Oral exercise  
13   REVISION AND EXAMINATIONS

 

 

 

KCSE AGRICULTURE PAPER 1 REVISION QUESTIONS PLUS ANSWERS

NAME:……………………………………………………………………….. INDEX NO:…………………………………….
CANDIDATE SIGN:…………………………
DATE:…………………………………………..
GATUNDU SOUTH TRIAL
EXAMINATION

AGRICULTURE PAPER 1
443/1
INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES
 THIS PAPER CONSISTS OF THREE SSECTIONS A,B AND C
 ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS IN SECTION A AND B
 ANSWER ONLY TWO QUESTIONS IN SECTION C

2 | P a g e
SECTION A (30MKS)
Answer all questions in the spaces provided.
1. State four factors influencing the choice of the farming methods a farmer may use. (2mks)
a) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
c) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
d) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
2. State four advantages of drip irrigation. (2mks)
a) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
b) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
c) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
d) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
3. Outline four farming practices that destroy soil structure. (2mks)
a) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
c) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
d) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
4. State four reasons why a farmer may fail to get profit from a farming enterprise. (2mks)
a) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
c) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
d) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
5. Give four advantages of preparing land early for planting sorghum. (2mks)

3 | P a g e
a) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
c) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
d) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
6. Differentiate between hybrid and composite as used in crop production. (2mks)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
7. What is meant by term domestication as used in Agricultural production? (1mk)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
8. Highlight two ways of hardening off tomato seedlings before transplanting. (1mk)
a) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
9. Give a reason as to why a farmer is supposed to observe the following precautions in the farm. (2mks)
a) Always store farm yard manure under a shade.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
b) Wear gloves while applying nitrogenous fertilizers.
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
10. Give two reasons for conserving forage. (1mk)
a) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
11. Outline four ways in which grass help to conserve soil. (2mks)
a) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
c) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

4 | P a g e
d) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
12. Give two signs of blight in a field of tomatoes. (1mk)
a) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
b) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
13. State two factors that adapt weeds excellently to their environment. (1mk)
a) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
14. Give two reasons for inoculating legume seeds before planting. (1mk)
a) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
b) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
15. Give two reasons why most of Kenyan farmers practice small scale farming. (1mk)
a) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
16. Define the law of profit maximization. (1mk)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
17. Distinguish between stocking rate and carrying capacity as used in forage production. (2mks)
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
18. Outline four ways a farmer can use to improve labour productivity in the farm. (2mks)
a) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
c) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
d) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
19. State 4 ways of modifying soil pH. (2mks)
a) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. http://atikaschool.org
sales@manyamfranchise.com [0728 450 425]
5 | P a g e
b) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
c) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
d) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
SECTION B (20MKS)
Answer all questions in the spaces provided.
20. The diagram below illustrates different methods used in crop propagation. Study the diagrams and answer the questions that follow.
a) Identify the methods of crop propagation illustrated by A,B and D. (3mks)
A:……………………………………………………………………………………………………
6 | P a g e
B:…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
D:…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
b) Identify the parts labelled X and Y in diagram A. (2mks)
X:…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Y:…………………………………………………………………………………………………….
c) Under what conditions is method C used by farmers. (1mk)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
d) Give two advantages of using the method illustrated in diagram D after bananas are planted in the main field. (2mks)
a) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
b) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
21. The diagram below illustrates some common weed. Study it carefully and answer the questions that follow.
a) Identify the weeds labelled A and B. (2mks)
A: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
B:………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

7 | P a g e
b) State one factor that makes weed B difficult to control in a pasture field. (1mk)
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
c) State one economic importance of each of the weeds labelled A and B. (2mks)
A:………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
B:…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
22. The diagrams below illustrates different methods used in soil and water conservation. Study the methods and answer the questions that follow.
a) Identify the methods illustrated by (i) (ii) and (iii). (3mks)
(i)……………………………………………………………………………
(ii) ……………………………………………………………………………
(iii) ……………………………………………………………………………
b) State two methods by which the structure in (iii) controls soil erosion. (2mks)
(i) …………………………………………………………………………………………………..
(ii) ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. http://atikaschool.org
sales@manyamfranchise.com [0728 450 425]
8 | P a g e
c) Name two materials used to make the structure in (iii) above. (2mks)
(i) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
(ii) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
SECTION C (40MKS)
Answer any two questions from this section.
23. (a) Describe production of Napier grass under the following sub-headings.
(i) Land preparation (2mks)
(ii) Planting and planting materials (2mks)
(iii) Fertilizer application (2mks)
(iv) Defoliation (2mks)
(v) Weed control (2mks)
(b) Explain six factors that can influence a well-designed crop rotation programme. (6mks)
© Give four signs that would enable you to identify a compost manure that is ready for use. (4mks)
24. (a) Describe procedure of preparing silage. (5mks)
(b) A farmer carried out the following transactions on his farm;
Crop – Maize
Yield – 50 bags/ha
Price/unit – Ksh1000
Sale of maize – 50 bags
Variable costs per hectare Ksh
Land preparation 5000
Purchase of seeds 3000
Purchase of DAP 3600
Purchase of CAN 2000
Purchase of jembes 2500
Purchase of slashers 1000
Other expenses 500
Using the information provided, calculate the Gross margin. (5mks)
© Describe the management practices carries out in a cabbage nursery. (10mks)

25. (a) Describe process of water treatment in a water treatment plant. (10mks)
(b) Describe the role of Kenya meat commission. (4mks)
© Explain six cultural methods of controlling crop diseases. (6mks)




1 | P a g e
STICTLY CONFIDENTIAL
GATUNDU SOUTH TRIAL EXAMINATION

AGRICULTURE PAPER ONE
443/1
MARKING SCHEME
2 | P a g e
MOCK AGRICULTURE PAPER 1 : 2018

SECTION A (30MKS) MARKING SCHEME
1. – Land size
– Socio-cultural factors
– Tastes and preferences
– Climatic conditions
– Technical skills of the farmer
– Market availability
4 x ½ = (2mks)
2. – minimizes labour
– Can be practiced on both slopy and flat areas
– No soil erosion
– Controls fungal diseases
– Economical use of water
4 x ½ = (2mks)
3. – use of heavy machinery on wet soil
– Working the soil when too wet or too dry
– Over cultivation/pulverization of the soil
– Monoculture
4 x ½ = (2mks)
4. – failure to reduce cost of production
– Not using improved production technics
– Failing to look for proper market
– Wrong enterprise chosen
2 x ½ = (1mk)
5. – allows adequate time for organic matter to decompose
– Allows adequate time for weeds to be dehydrated
– Allows for early planting so that crops establish early before the weeds grow
– Allows for soil borne pathogens and pests to die
– Minimizes labour competition.
4 x ½ = (2mks)
6. Hybrid – a crop developed by crossing different crop varieties under controlled pollination
– Composite – a crop developed under uncontrolled pollination.
2×1= (2mks)
3 | P a g e
7. Domestication – process where both crops/plants and animals/ livestock depends on human beings for existence. 1×1 = (1mk)
8. – gradual removal of shade
– Gradual reduction in amount of water applied
– Gradual reduction in frequency of water applied
2 x ½ = (1mk)
9. (a) – Volatilization of nitrates to Ammonia gas
– Leaching
– Washed away
1×1 = (1mk)
(b) – Corrosive 1×1 = (1mk)
10. – Distribute forage throughout the year
– Provide feed for dry season
– Better full utilization of land
– Source of income e.g. selling baled hay
2 x ½ = (1mk)
11. – Grass holds soil particles together
– Grass cover reduces run-off speed
– Grass reduces the impact of rain drops hence reducing splash erosion.
3 x ½ = (1 ½ mks)
12. – Dry brown lesions on stems, leaves and fruits
– Affected parts appear rotten
– Fruits fall off prematurely
2 x ½ = (1mk)
13. – Produce large quantities of seeds
– Seeds remain viable in soil for long
– Weeds have effective means of dispersal
– Weeds have ability to propagate both by seeds and veget
atively
– Weeds have elaborate root system
– Some weeds have underground structures that are difficult to control
– Some are able to survive with limited nutrients
2 x ½ = (1mk)
14. – Introduce nitrogen fixing bacteria to fix Nitrogen.
– Promote Nitrogen fixation before planting
2 x ½ = (1mk)
15. – Small pieces of land/land scarcity
4 | P a g e
– Lack of enough capital
– Lack of enough labour
– Lack of enough technology
2 x ½ = (1mk)
16. – States that profit is maximum where total cost of production is minimum and Net revenue is maximum
– Where margin revenue and marginal cost are the same
1 x1 = (1mk)
17. – Stocking rate – Number of animals/livestock maintained per unit area of land
– Carrying capacity – Ability of forage stand to maintain a particular number of livestock units per unit area.
2×1 = (2mks)
18. – Training
– Mechanization
– Improve terms and conditions
– Labour supervision
4 x ½ = (2mks)
19. – Application of lime
– Application of basic fertilizer
– Application of acidic fertilizer
– Application of sulphur
4 x ½ = (2mks)
SECTION B (20MKS)
20. (a) A- side grafting
B- layering (Trench)
C – Marcotting
D – tissue culture
3 x 1= (3mks)
(b) X- Scion
Y- Root stock
2 x 1 = (2mks)
© Hard wood where stem cannot bend easily to reach the ground.
1×1 = (1mk)
(d) – Early maturing
– big bunch
– High annual yield
– Control viral diseases
5 | P a g e
2 x 1 = (2mks)
21. (a)
A- Stinging Netle (Urtica masaica)
B- Nut grass (cyperus rotundus)
2×1 = (2mks)
(b) – Has underground bulbs
1×1 = (1mk)
© A- Raises cost of production/difficult to control
B-Lowers quality of pasture
2×1 = (2mks)
22. (a)
(i) Cut off drain
(ii) Bench terraces
(iii) Gabion/porous dam
3×1 = (3mks)
(b) – Reduce erossive force of run-off.
– Trap soil flow through stones
2×1 = (2mks)
© – Wire mesh
– Stones /gravel
2×1 = (2mks)
SECTION C (40MKS)
23. (a) Land preparation
– Done during dry season
– Clearing vegetation
– Remove stumps
– Remove perennial weeds
– Carry cultivation to harrow to moderate tilth
– Ridging making furrows of 90-100cm apart
– Make hole on top of ridges 50cm apart
– Fill holes with phosphatic fertilizer and organic manure
2×1 = (2mks)
Planting and planting materials
– Select desirable variety as per ecological zone
– Place stem cutting i.e 2-3 nodes/splits in the holes made in the ridges at onset of long rain in slanting angle of 45⁰
– Add phosphatic fertilizer mixed with organic manure
6 | P a g e
– Cover with soil and firm at base to avoid erosion/exposure of material
2×1= (2mks)
Fertilizer application
– Top dress with nitrogenous fertilizer at base of stump 6-8wks after planting/weeding
– Top-dress at onset of rains
– Top dress after harvesting for high yield and regeneration
2×1 = (2mks)
Defoliation
– When 3-5 months/1.5m high
– Use sharp panga to avoid damaging stump and suppress regrowth
– Cut 2.5-5cm above ground
– When leave proportion is greater than stems
2×1= (2mks)
Weed control
– Uproot with hands
– Slashing/cutting at base of woody weed with panga
– Digging with jembe during dry and rainy season
– Mulching at base of stump to suppress weed
– No herbicide use to avoid poisoning livestock.
2×1= (2mks)
(b) – Crop root depth
– crop nutrient requirement
– Weed control
– Pests and diseases control
– Soil fertility
– Soil structure
6×1= (6mks)
©
– Volume of heap/material in the heap goes down
– Materials break easily to small pieces when pressed between finger
– Growth of fungi/moulds in manure
– Temperature of the material goes down
4×1 = (4mks)
24. (a) Silage making procedure
– Prepare silo before harvesting depending on amount to be ensiled
– Cut crop and wilt for 6-12hrs
– Chop
– Put in silo at 10-12cm and compact
– Fill silo rapidly (less than 2 day)
– Check temperature(maintain at 32⁰C)
– Cover with polythene sheet or dry grass to protect from air and water
7 | P a g e
– Dig a trench around silo
5×1= (5mks)
(b) Gross revenue= 50 x 1000= 50,000
Variable costs= 5000 + 3000+ 3600 + 2000 + 500= 17,600/=
Gross margin = Gross Revenue – Total variable costs
50,000 – 17,600
= 32,400/=
5×1 = (5mks)
© Management practices in a cabbage nursery
– Regular watering/morning and evening
– Weed control by uprooting
– Pricking out – remove weak seedlings and transfer to seedling bed
– Mulching – apply a light mulch after sowing and remove when seedling shot to emerge
– Shading – apply shade above the nursery
– Pest control – spray suitable pesticide
– Disease control – spray suitable fungicides
– Hardening off – gradual removal of shade and reduce rate of watering
5 x 2= (10mks)
25. (a)
– Filtration at intake – use sieve to remove large particles
– Softening – Add soda ash to soften water
-Add allum to allow coagulation and settling of particles
– Filtration – water passes through different sizes of particles in a filtration tank
– Chlorination – Chlorine added in chlorination buk
– storage – water stored in large well protected ranks
– Distribution – By piping or pumping to consumers
Any 5×2= (10mks)
(b)
– Purchasing cattle from farmers
– slaughtering beef animals
– Grading carcasses
– Processing meat and packing in tins
– Marketing beef locally and oversees
4×1 = (4mks)
©
– Using healthy planty material
8 | P a g e
– Using disease resistant varieties
– Proper drying of cereals and pulses
– Heat treatment
– Proper spacing
– Proper spacing
– Proper seedbed preparation
– Held hygiene
6×1 = (6mks)s

Your Prime Online News Magazine.

Exit mobile version